MERLIN GERIN LVCircuitBreakers11to3200A PDF

om
Compact
.c
lnterpact
Compact CM
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
! MERLIN GERIN
ilLU.Ikbl9P!9i.T.hW -
Co m pact
om
1 991 new products
.c
A short presentation of our most
significant innovations.
You will find all relevant technical
information in this catalogue.
ls
remote control units for
Compact C1 01 N/H/L and
ua
C161 N/H/L
These remote control units are available in
standard and synchro (for C 1 6 1 N/H/L)
versions.
The combination Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L or
an
C 1 6 1 N/H/L + remote control unit replaces
the Compact TC1 60N/L with built-in
remote control.
Compact
C801 /C1 001 /C1251 N/H/L ST
With a new generation of Solid State Trip
Units, offering an answer to all network
tM
ar
protection requirements:
extended setting ranges;
RMS reading;
thermal memory;
a universal Trip Unit (STR 55) .
lP
A total protection open to Data

Transmission Systems, able to meet any
requirement with a large range of
combinable options.
ca
two drawout chassis for

tri
Compact C801 to
C1 251 N/H/L ST
universal chassis (same approach as
lec
Masterpact);
o through door drawing in and out,
o through door closing and opening of
the breaker,
o meets all the requirements for incoming
breakers;
basic chassis:
.E
o drawing in and out with door open,

the breaker.
w
See page 1 3
new performances
for H type
65 kA, according to IEC 947-2 for C 1 0 1 H,
ww
C250H, C400H ST, C630H and C630H ST.

Com pa ct system
om
.c
Compact circuit breakers Compact circuit breakers models and add-ons
with thermal-magnetic with control units
trip units (solid state trip units)
ls
ua
an
circuit protection all protections residual current auxiliaries and
and control available protection accessories
D type tM
ST204S, ST204SB
STR25DE
electrical
auxiliaries
ar
protection with STR35SE with
low magnetic STR35ME Vigi module:
threshold STR35G E Vigicompact(1J
STRSSUE
STR45BE fully visible
lP
break remote
control
G type
selectivity for
ca
protection

against
short-circuit accessories
with Visu module:
Visucompact
tri
SA SB type connection
protection direct
lec
of motor current
starters protection
MA type P type
.E
pa e No
description 6 10 10 10 10 10 12 13 15 14 15 15
characteristics 1 9 32 32 32 20 36 42 54 44 57 61
arts numbers
C100E 66 67 67
C225E 66 67 67 67
C400E 66 67 67 67
C600E 66 67 67 67
w
C100NF 66 67
C101 N/H/L 70 70 71 71 71 71 73 71 73 73
C161 N/H/L 74 74 76 76 76 75 77 75 77 77
ww
C250N/H/L 78 78 78 78 78 79 80 81 80 81 81
C401N/H/L 82 82 82 82 83 86 87 88 87 87
C630N/H/L 88 88 88 88 89 92 93 94 93 93
C400N/H/L ST 84 85 86 87 88 87 87
C630N/H/L ST 90 91 92 93 94 93 93
C801N/H/L ST 94 94 97 100 98 99 98 98
C1001 N/H/L ST 95 95 97 100 98 99 98 98
C1251N/H/L ST 96 96 97 100 98 99 98 98
dimensions 119 119 11<l 110
!_E_a!! -Qe protection can also be nrn\/irlorf '""''""' .-.II

Compact CM l nterpact load b reak
om
switches
.c
Compact CM lnterpact Compact type Nl
with control units load bre3k load break
(solid state trip units) switches switches
ls
ua
an
source changeover circuit auxiliaries and auxiliaries and auxiliaries and
protection accessories accessories accessories
tM
and control
electrical
auxiliaries electrical
auxiliaries
electrical
ar
auxiliaries
STCM1
selectivity for accessories

automatic
lP
protection
and manual
against
source changeover
short-circuit accessories
accessories
ca
remote control
remote control connection

STCM2
STCM3
tri
connection
connection
Fupact
fuse switches
lec
.E
14 150 151 151 150 150 106 107 103

50 154 154 154 156 159 108 112
160 1 61 161 1 10 111 1 13 115
w
101 73
101 77
ww
101 81
101 87
101 93
101
101
101 98
101
101 98
163 138 140 119 119 141
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Compact
om
1 1 to 1 250 A
.c
page
standards and description 6
various trip unit functions 10
residual current protection 12
withdrawable Compact 13
ls
Visucompact
remote control automatic source 14
changeover
ua
auxiliaries 15
accessories
Compact UL listed 16
circuit breakers
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
Com pact system
om
p resentation
.c
ls
ua
an
Compact C161 Compact C250 Compact C401 and C630 Compact C400 ST Compact C801 ST. C 1001 ST and
Compact C101
and C630 ST C 1 251 ST
tM 1
2
3
basic frame
release unit interchangeable
Vigi module for earth leakage
protection up to C630N/H/L
4 Visu module for fully visible break on
ar
Compact or earth leakage Vigicompact
5 shunt trip or undervcltage release for
remote tripping of the circuit breaker
6 auxiliary and alarm switches for
signalling and control
lP
7 motor mechanism for remote

operation of the circuit breaker
8 rotary handle, breaker mounted,
padlockable as standard, centre lock
optional
ca
9 rotary handle type MCC

10 rotary handle without door locking
7
11 plug in-base
2 5 8 12 terminal shields, convertible to lug
shields
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
0
standards and description
om
.c
description modular design tropicalisation
Compact moulded case circuit breakers Compact circuit breakers and switches are Compact and derived breakers as well as
come in single-pole, two-pole, three-pole designed as modular, easy-to-fit, bolt-on, their auxiliaries are tropicalised. They meet
and four-pole versions. Available in fixed or screw-on or clip-in units for simple design the following standards :
drawout patterns, they are designed for the and layout of electrical installations and easy I E C 68-2-30 Damp heat
control and protection of electric circuits. modifications. IEC 68-2-2 Dry heat
ls
Compact circuit breakers are equipped with The shunt trip or undervoltage release, and IEC 68-2-1 1 Salt mist
trip units providing : the auxiliary and alarm switches are fitted IEC 68-2-1 Cold temperatures
protection against overloads by adjustable inside the breaker, avoiding all risk of withstand.
thermal releases or solid state trip units contact with live parts on all the Compact
ua
(control units), range. degree of protection
protection against short circuits by
adjustable magnetic releases or solid state (standard IEC 529).
trip units (control units) (fixed threshold for installation and type of operating
C 1 0 1 and C1 61N/H/L).
C 1 0 1 /N/H/L to C 1 251 N/HST
4 levels of performances switchgear with terminal shields
an
Compact circuit breakers can meet 4 levels
of performances: visible handle IP40
Compact E type (economical), switchgear in enclosures or cubicles
Compact N type ( standard) , visible handle IP40
Compact H type : different from the direct rotary handle IP40
standard Compact by its high breaking extended rotary handle IP55
tM
capacity,
motor mechanism IP40
current limiter Compact L type with a very
high breaking capacity (see table: rating and
breaking capacities).
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
naae 17
ornpa
om
p resentation
.c
ratings
capacities
(41 5/380 V- leu according to IEC 947-2)
Stickers identify breaking capacity:
N : standard
H: high
ls
L: very high
ua
t50kA
an
31101415 v ..
tM
ar
lP
N
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
om
.c
standards IEC 947 new standards maximum safety
Merlin Gerin low voltage devices comply A new series of standards for low voltage positive break indication : the handle
with all i nternational and national standards, switch and controlgears: for circuit breakers, position reflects the position of the main
such as IEC, UL, JIS, CSA. IEC 947-2. contacts;
In particular, they perfectly meet the It takes into account technical and shock wave withstand: 8 kV (sea level);
requirements of new IEC 947-2, which technological progress made i n the past very low level of leakage current, checked
ls
progressively replaces IEC 1 57-1 . years, as well as the real conditions of use on new devices and o n devices having
The Merlin Gerin Compact circuit breakers of the breakers. The main development: undergone sequences of tests
are also approved tor marine applications, clarification of the notion of breaking representative of the "end of service life " .
and are recognised by the following capacity: Those characteristics specified by IEC 947.2
ua
authorities: o leu, ultimate breaking capacity: maximum
ensure a major improvement of the user
Bureau Veritas (BV); assumed fault current (low likelyhood), safety.
Lloyd's Register of Shipping (LAS); o lcs, breaking capacity during operation
All Compact breakers comply with them and
Registro Italiano N avale (RINA) ; (% of leu) : smaller value of fault current, with are therefore suitable for disconnection.
G ermanischer Lloyd ( GL) ; a greater likelyhood in real applications; They bear the symbol "circuit breaker
USSR Register of Shipping (USSR RS); definition of two categories of devices,
disconnector" on the front cover:
an
Det Norsk Veritas (DNV); according to their capacity for
American Bureau of Shipping (ASS) ; chronometric selectivity:
Korean Register of Shipping (KRS). o A category : not designed for chronometric
8
selectivity, double case insulation of front face (class
o category : specifically designed to carry II device) allowing class II installations with
out chronometric selectivity; breaker control from outside.
recognition and definition of the
tM
disconnection capacity;
new sequences of test, aiming at
taking into account the real situations
met In installations.
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
C o m pact system
om
p resentation
.c
Compact breakers offer various protections, A single control unit can offer several types
15 3200
depending on their trip unit. of protections.
Two ranges of trip units, from to A o easy factory and on-site checks.
ratings: o new functions, such as load monitoring
thermal magnetic trip units, and fault indication.
solid state control units, offering simple
protection and monitoring solutions for LV
ls
distribution networks :
o greater adjustment accuracy.
ua
thermal magnetic trip units
protection rated current (A)
10 1100 1160 1250 1400 630 1 250 2 000 3 200
I I I I
standard
an
typeD
tM
ar
low threshold type G
lP
I
ca
tri
short circuits
type SA
with selectivity
lec
.E
I
short circuits
type
with SELLIM (3)
I
SB
system selectivity
I
w
I
type MA (1)
motors
ww
I
direct current I typeD type P (2)
I
I I I
various trip u nit functions
om
.c
ls
ua
solid state control units
protection rated current (A)
10 100 160 [250 J400 630 11 250 2 000 3 200
I I
an
standard ST204S
I
STR25DE
STR35SE/ME
tM
STR55UE ..
I
STCM1
I
ST-CM3
ar
low threshold ST204S
lP
I
STR 35GE
STR55UE
I
ca
STCM1
STCM2
I
tri
short circuits ST204S

with selectivity
lec
STR 35SE/ME
STR 55UE
I
STCM1
I
STCM3
.E
l
short circuits ST204SB
with SELLIM (3)
system selectivity I I
STR45UE
w
I l
I I
motors STR35ME
STR55UE
ww
I I
I
I
I
I I
C o m pact system residual current protection:
Vigicompact, Compact circuit
om
p resentation breaker with separate relay
.c
residual current protection Residual current protection is used to
provide several important functions :
protection of persons against indirect
contact (IT, TT and TN grounding systems) ;
additional protection of persons against
direct contact;
protection of equipment and property
ls
against the risk of damage or fire caused
by earth fault currents.
The devices presented below are
protected against inadvertent tripping.
ua
residual current protection Vigicompact
Compact Vigi module by an add-on module The Vigicompact is made u p of a
Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C630N/H/L ST
-
circuit breaker with one of the followiniJ
types of clip-in Vigi modules:
an
-
REH for the Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N/H/L to
C250N/H/L ;
RM.M for the Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N/H/L
and C 1 6 1 N /H/L;
REM for the Vigicompact C40 1 N/H/L to
C630 N/H/L ST.
tM
The Vigi modules are interchangeable and
may be fitted with lead seals.
ar
lP
Vigicompact
ca
residual current protection Compact with Vigirex and

by a separate residual separate toroid type sensor
current relay This type of residual current protection
+
can be implemented on all Compact
tri
circuit breakers from C 1 0 1 N/H/L to

C1251 N/H ST and on Compact type Nl
load break switches.
It consists of:
lec
a Compact circuit breaker or load break

switch;
shunt trip release MX a voltage release;
a separate Vigirex residual current relay;
+
a separate toroid type sensor.
Compact C250N
.E
w
ww
withdrawable Compact
om
Visucompact circuit breaker
for the ful ly visible break
.c
wit.hdrawability withdrawable Compact
The withdrawable function allows:
removal of circuit breaker without
touching live parts;
fast interchanging of devices;
prewiring of extra fixed parts ready for
ls
easy fitting of the moving portion when
additional outgoing circuits become
necessary.
All withdrawable Compact circuit breakers
ua
come with an automatic tripping device
eliminating all danger of on-load
withdrawaL The auxiliary circuits are
plug-in Compact base disconnected at the same times as the
power circuits.
C101N/H/L to C630N/H/L ST can be
an
made withdrawable by adding:
either a set of connecting pins and a
plug-in base;
or a drawout chassis111.
C801 N/H/L ST to C1 251 N/H ST can be
supplied with:
tM
universal chassis, meeting all the
requirements for incoming breakers:
o through door drawing in and out,
the breaker;
universal chassis standard chassis:
ar
o drawing in and out with door open
o through door opening and closing of
the breaker.
(1) except for C101.

lP
ca
tri
standard chassis (C1251)

lec
+
fully visible break Visucompact
Fully visible break requires visual evidence
of isolation between supply and load
circuits (safety of persons). This function
is provided by Visucompact circuit
.E
breakers, in two versions:

fixed Visucompact, from C161N to
C1251N ST, comprising:
o a fixed Compact circuit breaker,
Compact Visu module
o a Visu module, which can be locked in
- "OFF" position (padlock or keylock). The
- Visu module provides the fully visible
break indication;
drawout Visucompact C801N ST to
w
C1251N ST, comprising:

o a fixed part (Compact of the considered
rating) with safety shutters preventing
access to the power contacts and a
ww
"disconnected position" padlocking

device,
o a universal chassis.
Com pact system remote control
automatic source
om
p resentation changeover
# -",
.c
I
remote control Remote control allows remote opening
+
%!%'*!\
and closing of the breaker, positive break
indication being maintained :
' \
. '
It can act:
on orders from push-buttons, switches,
. ..,.,. -"'
relays, programmable controller (11

locally by action on the mechanical
ls
devices on front of the breaker.
From C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C 1 251 N / H ST, remote
Compact motor mechanism
control is achieved by an adaptable motor
mecanism, easily fitted on the front of the
ua
Compact circuit breaker:
-
T type (C101 N/H/L to C 1 251 N/H ST)
-
enables:
o daily opening and closing of a circuit
from a control desk,
o load shedding, restoring on non priority
an
circuits,
o automatic source changeover;
TS type ( C 1 6 1 N/H/L to C1 251 N/H ST)
offering, in addition of T type function, the
possibility of performing high speed
closing for synchrocoupling operations.
For the Compact C 1 0 1 to C 1 25 1 N/H/L the
tM
T and TSI2) type motor mechanism:
are equipped with a padlockable toggle,
motorised Compact
(padlock hasp 06 to 9 m m ) .
The toggle, which indicates the 3 circuit
breaker positions, enables manual
resetting. This control can, on option, be
ar
locked by 1 Ronis or Profalux keylock
(except on the source changeovers) .
can be associated with an SDE I2)
contact to perform remote resetting, after
opening by MX or MN voltage release. If
lP
tripping due to an overcurrent or

insulation fault (with Vigi module) occurs,
manual resetting is compulsory in all
cases on the circuit breaker (no remote
resetting) .
ca
Auxiliaries
The Compact circuit breakers equipped
with a motor mechanism can be fitted
with the same auxiliaries as the manually
controlled circuit breaker.
tri
(1) through a low level interlace.

(2) except for C101 and C161.
automatic source The automatic source changeovers of the

Compact range are composed of:
changeover
lec
a base plate
2 Compact (circuit breakers or switch)
rating 1 5 to 1 250 A with mechanical and
electrical interlock.
These breakers can be :
o the same,
o different with respect to type rating or
trip unit
.E
2 type motor mechanism ( 1 per breaker) ;

an automatism plate in one single
piece with terminal block for external
connections.
C250 to C1251N/H/L
automatism
w
ww
auxiliary switches,
om
voltage, releases,
accessories
.c
remote indications auxiliary switches,
remote tripping voltage releases
A range of auxiliary contacts, shunt trips
and undervoltage releases equips all
Compact circuit breakers and their
derived products.
ls
These auxiliaries are fitted inside the
circuit breaker without any difficulty.
Regarding particularly the Compact C 1 00E
to C600E and C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C1 251 N/H ST,
ua
they are simply clipped in without any risk
of contact with the live parts.
standard auxiliaries
OF contact double throw switch
an
Used for a signal or a control linked with
the O F F or " O N " position.
" "
SO contact double-throw switch

Used for indication when the breaker
opens on any fault (overload, short circuit,
earth leakage, tripping by MX or M N ) .
tM
S D E contact
Used for indication when the breaker
opens on an electrical fault (overload,
short circuit or earth leakage) .
M X voltage release for shunt tripping;
2 OF block instantaneous or delayed MN voltage
release for undervoltage tripping.
ar
standard auxiliaries
For Visu module or rotary operating
lP
handle
CAM early break contact with
advanced action before the operation of
the main contacts of the switch (opening
or closing depending o n the way the
ca
CAM block contact is fitted) . Generally used to initiate

an early break on downstream devices.
front operation rotary handle

Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L t o C 1 25 1 N/H ST
tri
circuit breakers can b e equipped with

rotary handles:
standard direct rotary handle;
type MCC direct rotary handle, for
Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L to C250N/H/L.
lec
extended rotary handle with door

locking when circuit breaker is i n " ON "
position; available with short or long
extension shaft ;
extended rotary handle without door
Direct rotary handle locking, with short extension shaft.
.E
installation A large range of accessories is available

for easy installation and operation of
Compact circuit breakers.
Sealing accessories for tamperproofing of
Compact cover, terminal shields and
settings.
Label holders, adaptable to the front face
of Compact circuit breakers for
identification purposes.
w
Door cut-out grommet designed to cover

the perimeter of the door cut-out for the
handle, making a precise door cut-out
unnecessary.
ww
Tight bellows designed to seal the handle

passage through the door.
Locator designed to prevent the moving
part of a Compact N or H from being
plugged into the base of a Compact L.
Terminal shields designed to prevent
direct contact with live connection parts.
Compact system Compact circuit breaker
UL listed
om
p resentation
.c
ls
ua
an
CK 800 N
tM
Approvals for North America
Specifications for low voltage circuit
The Compact UL range
The UL range includes devices rated from
ar
breaking capacity breakers in the USA and CANADA are 15 to 3000 A and offers three breaking
N: normal
very different from those in most other capacity levels. It differs from the IEC
H: high breaking
industrialised countries and stipulate range by:
special approvals for all devices. The device designations: see opposite;
L : current limiting
necessary approval is delivered by performance indications based on
lP
Note all circuit breakers Underwriters Laboratories in the USA American voltages, e.g. 600 V 60 Hz. See
from CE to CM range are
standard rated, except tor:
(indicated by the UL mark) and by the table opposite;
CK : type NN & HH Canadian Standards Association in cable connectors complying with
CM: typa NN Canada (CSA Mark). UL 486 B for copper and aluminium
which are 100% rated. cables;
ca
rating plug on solid state trip units:

max rating American standards forbid the use of a
circuit breaker for which the long time
frame size setting could be adjusted to a value
CM: 3000 A 3-pole exceeding the thermal withstand of the
CK: 1200 A 3-pole cables or busbars. To meet this
tri
CJ 600 A 3-pole requirement, it is necessary either to offer

a large number of different ratings or a
CF 250 A 2-pole and 3-po!e
basic breaker with rating plugs
CE 100 A 1-pole, 2-po!e, 3-pole
determining the maximum setting value.
480V: CE 104 Consult us for appropriate documentation.
lec
600V: CE 106
.E
w
ww
Com pact
om
1 1 to 1 250 A
.c
2 characteristics
Qage
mccb's selection table of
ComQact C1 00E to C600E 19
ComQact C 1 00NF to C 1 25 1 N ST 20
ls
ComQact C 1 0 1 H to C 1 25 1 H ST 22
ComQact C 1 0 1 L to C 1 00 1 L ST 24
cascadin 9 26
thermal magnetic triQ unit selection 32
ua
solid state triQ unit selection 36
VigicomQact selection 42
remote control selection 44
automatic source changeover 50
auxiliaries 54
an
accessories 57
installation 61
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
cha racteristi cs
om
selectio n table : circu it breakers
.c
economical range Compact with thermal magnetic trip unit
(type E)
ls
ua
Compact C100E
an
electrical characteristics
rated current In (A)
rated ultimate breaking capacity

AC leu (kA rms)(t) according
tM
ar
to IEC 947.2
lP
ca
(1) defined for a

power factor of:
0.5 if 6 < kA rms .; 10
0.3 if 10 < kA rms .; 20
0.25 if 20 < kA rms .; 50 performance according to Nema
0.2 if kA rms > 50
tri
rated breaking capacity AS 1

to Nema
lec
state
.E
w
ww
cha racteristics
om
selection table : c i rcu it b reakers (continued)
N)
.c
standard range Compact with thermal magnetic trip unit
I
(type
I
i
I I
I
ls
t jc2soN
ua
i
Compact C 1 00NF C101 N C1 61 N
an
electrical characteristics I
rated current In (A ) 40 oc 100 160 250
50 oc 100 95 150 235
60 C 95 90 140 220
rated insulation voltage Ui ( V) 690 690 690 690
tM
rated operational voltage Ue (V) A C 50/60 Hz 277 690 690 690
DC 500 500 500
number of eoles 1 2,_ 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
rated ultimate breaking capacity 220/240 v 15 (14 at 277 V) 85 85 85
A C eul (kA r ms)(11 accor din g 380/415 v 25 25 '35
to IE C 947.2 440 V 20 22 30
ar
(P1 accor din g to IE C 157-1) 500 V 14 14 15
660/690 v 8 8 8
rated ultimate breaking capacity D C<250 V (2p) 25 35 I 50
leu (kA ) accor ding to IE C 947.2 121 500 v ( 4p ) 25 35 50
rated service breaking per for man ces l cs (% of e lu 50% 50% 50% 50%
lP
utilisation category A A A A
rated admissible short time kA (r ms)
(1) defined for a power withstand current lew t (s)
factor of:
0.5 if 6 < kA rms<> 10
disconnector circuit breaker

ca
0.3 if 10 < kA rms<>20 front face insulation class II

0.25 if 20 < kA rms<;;SO rated impulse withstand voltage Ui mp (k V) 8 8 8 8
0.2 if kA rms>SO
pollution degree lI l Il Il I I/ I
(2) LIR <0.015 s safety perimeter see sch ema p ag e 63
performance r ated br eakin g capacity 0 ( -CO ) 240 V 15-14 at 277 V 85 85 I 85
according accor din g to Nema AB 1 480 v 20 22 30
tri
to Nema 600 V 10 10 I 12
in ter ch ang eabl e II
trip units
bui lt-in
thermal magnetic typ e D

lec
ty p e G (g ener ator pr otecti on)

ty pe SA ( sel ectiv e)
type SB (sel ectiv e S el/ im)
t y p e MA ( motor pr otection ) l
ty pe P ( for dir ect curr en t) !
solid state type ST 204 S I
typ e ST 240 SB
.E
typ e STR 25 DE
type STR 35 GEISE /ME
ty pe STR 55 UE
typ e STR 45 BE
options faul t n i dication
gr oun d f aul t pr otection
load sh edding
commun ication
w
models Vig icompact (EL CB )

Visu compact v ( isibl e br eak CB )
au tomati c I manu al sour ce ch an geov er
Compact switch ty pe Nl
ww
au xiliary switch (O F, CA M) I alar m switch (SO, SDE )

auxiliaries
MX, MN, motor mech an ism (T, TS ) 11(3)
ter min al shi el ds
accessories
conn ection accessor ies bu li t-in bu li t-in
(J_ adl ock ng_
i dev ice I l ock ni g dev ices
r otar y h an dl es 'II
v er sion s fr on t or r ear conn ected FC RC FC RC FC RC ! FC RC
installation .
fi xed I
plug-n i -
om
1 Compact whith solid state trip u nit
.c
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
ls
ua
l l
C401N csaoN c400N ST C630N ST C801N ST C1001N C1251NST ST
an
630 ,400 630 800 1 000 1 250 ( 1 1 60) (4)
1 590 380 590 780 950 1 1 50 ( 1 080)(4)
I 360 550 360 550 760 900 1050 (1 000) (4)
:690 690 690 690 750 750 750
:s9o 1690
tM
'690 690 690 690 690
:500 i 500
:2, 3, 4 i3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
:85 i 85 85 85 85 85
'35 35 35 50 50 50
:30 '30 30 30 42 42 42
ar
'15 15 15 40 40 40
:10 ,10 10 25 25 25
50 ; 50
'50 i 50
50% 150% !50% 50% 50% 50% 50%
lP
'A A B B B B B
!6 9 12 15 15
0,1 0,1 1
.., .. ' II II II II
!.
ca
!'14 ill II II
:8 :a 18 8 8 8 8
Ill 'Ill :111 Ill Ill Ill Ill
see schema page 63
85 I 85 i 85 85 85 85 85
:30 i 30 130 30 42 42 42
tri
'12 12 112 12 30 30 30
... I I II .. II
' J II
.. " I
I
lec
:
!
i
,., ! .. I
i .. II l
' ... II
I
I
.E
I " "
! ! II II II
i i II II II
iI
I II II
I I
I I i II II II
l I II II
.. ""
w
'iii II
,, .. lu II II
lri II ! II II II
ill II I II II
ww
111 .. ! II II II II
iii II I II II II II
\s !a II II II II
... II :. I ll II II II
i II ' II Ill II II
' .. II I Ill II
! FC RC FC RC !FC RC FC RC FC RC FC RC FC RC
,., ill I .. Ill .. ..
'- .. .. .. ..
characterist i cs
om
selection table : c i rcu it breakers (continued)
.c
high breaki
(type H) ng capacity Compact with thermal magnetic trip unit
ls
ua
Compact C101H C161H C250H C401H
an
rated current n
I (A ) 40 oc 100 160 250 400
50 C 95 150 235 380
60 C 90 140 220 360
rated insulation voltage Ui ( V) 690 690 690 690
tM
rated operational voltage Ue ( V) A C 50/60 Hz 690 690 690 690
DC 500 500 500 500
number of poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
rated ultimate breaking capacity 220/240 v 100 100 100 100
A C eul (kA r ms) l11 accor din g 380/415 v 65 50 65 50
t o JE C 947 .2 440 V 42 35 42 42
ar
(P1 accor din g t o JE C 157- 1 ) 500 V 25(4) 14 18 18
660/690 v 10 10 10 12
rated ultimate breaking capacity D C<250 V ( 2p) 50 50 85 85
leu (kA ) accor dinq t o E I C 947 .2 121 500 V (4p) 50 50 85 85
rated service breaking p er f or man ces l cs % ( of leu ) 50% 25% 50% 50%
lP
(1) defined tor a power utilisation category A A A A

factor of:
0.5 if 6<kA rms<; 1 0 rated admissible short time kA (r ms)
0.3 i f 10<kA rms<;20 withstand current lew 1 ( s)
0.25 if 20<kA rms .;; 50
dlsconnector circuit breaker
0.2 if kA rms >50
front face insulation class II
ca
(2) L/R.;;0.015 s rated impulse withstand voltage U imp (k V) 8 8 8 8

(3) consult us
(4) 15 kA tor 15 A rating pollution degree lI l I ll Ill Il l
(5) withdrawable version safety perimeter see schema page 63
performance r at ed br eak n i g capacit y (0-CO ) 240 V 100 100 100 100
according accor din g t o Nema AB 1 480 V 42 35 42 42
tri
to Nema 600 V 14 10 14 14
ni t er chang eable
trip units bui t-in
l
thermal magnetic ty peD
typ e G (g en er at or pr ot ecti on ) (3) (3)
lec
ty pe SA (select vi e)
typ e SB ( sel ect vi e S ell im)
typ e MA (mot or pr ot ect ion)
ty pe P ( f or dir ect curr ent)
solid state t ype ST 204 S
typ e ST 204 SB
ty pe STR 25 DE
.E
typ e STR 35 GEISE /ME

typ e STR 55 UE
ty pe STR 45 BE
options f au tl in di cati on
gr oun d f au tl pr ot ecti on
l oad sheddin g
commun icat ion
w
models Vi gi compact (E LCB )

Visu comp act (vi si ble br eak CB )
aut omat ic I manu al sour ce chanq eov er
Comp act swit ch typ e Nl
ww
au xi il ar y swit ch (O F, CA M) I alar m swit ch ( SO, SDE )

auxiliaries MX, MN, mot or mechani sm T ( , TS ) (6)
t er min al shields
accessories conn ecti on accessor ies bu ilt- n
i
padlocking dev ice I lock n i g dev ices
r ot ary han dl es
v er si on s fr ont or.r ear conn ect ed FC RC FC RC FC RC FC RC
installation fi xed
-
plug- n
i .
om
.c
Compact with solid state trip unit
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
see schema page 63

100 100 100 1 00 1 00 1 00
42 42 42 65 65 65
tri
14 14 14 42 42 42

lec

.E

ww

FC RC FC RC FC RC FC RC FC RC FC RC

-

chara cteri stics
om
selectio n table : c i rcuit breakers (continued)
.c
very
(typehigh
L) breaking capacity 1
Compact with thermal magnetic trip unit
II I I
ill
iI
I
I
!
I
ls

C250L iI C401L
ua
......
Compact C101L C161L

\!
an
rated current In (A) 40 C 100 1 50 235 1350
50 C 95 140 223 325
60 C 90 130 211 '300
rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 690 690 690 690
690 690 690 690
tM
rated operational voltage Ue (V) AC 50160 H z
DC 500 500 500 I 500
number of poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 13, 4
rated ultimate breaking capacity 2201240 v 150 150 1 50 ! 150
AC leu (kA rms) lll according 380141 5 v 150 150 150 1 50
to IEC 947.2 440 V 1 25 150 1 50 150
ar
(P1 according to IEC 1 57-1 ) 500 V 100 100 100 100
6601690 v 50 50 50 50
rated ultimate breaking capacity DC<250 V (2p) 100 '100 100 100
leu (kA) according to IEC 947.2 121 500 v (4p) 100 100 100 100
rated service breaking performances lcs (% of leu) 50 %
lP
utilisation category A A A A
rated admissible short time kA (rms) I
(1) defined for a power
factor of: withstand current lew t (s) I '
0.5 if 6 < kA rms<;!O
0.3 if IO < kA rms<;20
disconnector circuit breaker Ill i
0.25 20 < kA rms.;SO front face insulation class II '
ca
0.2 if kA rms>SO
(2) LIR.; 0.015 s
rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 :a
(3) consult us pollution degree Ill Ill ! Ill 'Ill
(4) withdrawable version safety perimeter see schema paqe 63
performance rated breaking capacity (0-CO) 240 V 150 150 11 50 . 150
according according to Nema AB 1 480 v 125 1 50 150 1150
tri
to Nema 600 V 50 50 65 i 65
interchangeable Ia
trip units built-in i
thermal magnetic type D Ill : .,
type G (generator protection) (3) (3) :
lec
type SA (selective) .. :
type SB (selective Sellim) ;
type MA (motor protection) ; ,.

type P (for direct current) ' 'II!
solid state type ST 204 S
type ST 240 SB I
type STR 25 DE I
.E
I
type STR 35 GEISE/ME
type STR 55 UE
type STR 45 BE I
options fault indication :
ground fault protection
load sheddinq I
communication '
Viqicompact (ELCB)
w
'
models Visucompact (visible break CB) !
automaticI manual source changeover '
,
Compact switch type Nl
ww
auxiliary switch (OF, CAM) Ialarm switch (SO, SDE) II !

auxiliaries MX, MN, motor mechanism (T, TS) la
terminal shields Ia
accessories connection accessories I!
Ill
padlocking device Ilocking devices "
rotary handles llll
versions front or rear connected FC RC FC RC FC RC Fe RC
installation fixed ..
R
-
plug-in
om
.c
Compact with solid state trip unit
ls
ua
(
IC630L C400L ST C630L ST C801L ST C1001L ST
an
560 350 560 800 1 000 (910)141
! 525 325 525 780 970 (860)141
1490 300 490 760 950 (800) 141
690 .690 690 750 50
690 690 690 690 690
tM
500
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
,150 1 50 150 1 50 150
!150 150 150 150 150
1 50 1 50 1 50 100 100
'100
ar
100 100
'50 50 50
;100
i1QO
lP
'A B B
6
0, 1 , 1
''"
'Ill
ca
!8 8
ill! Ill Ill Ill Ill
see schema page 63
1 1 50 150 150 150 1 50
1150 1 50 1 50 100 100
65 5 5 65
tri
65
..

.
:
lec
,
i
..
i.,

!
__ ___(_I
.E
I

I
I i
i 1

i I
I I
w

l
'
ww
i.
l.
i ..
J=c RC c RC c RC c RC c RC
1 .. II II
- . II
characteristics 220/240 V
upstream: network
om
cascad i n g downstream:
accord i ng t o I E C 947-2 Multi and Compact
9
.c
upstream circuit breaker: breaking capacity
kArma
150 CHilL C16lt C 250l C401t
100 10111 Cl61H &25 lllf C011!
85 C!OIN 5i1i t>fDIN
h'
r
ls
&4
:'
30
[, '
,'..,
[ '
upstream <
ua
I
downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospegive ISC
l'lir
kArma
150 CIOIN C161N C250N C401N
C63lH CIOIN CI61N C250N
an
C32lH C63Ui CIOIN CISIN
C32lH C63lH CIOIN
C32lH C63lH
C32lH
tM
I 00 NCIOO NCIOO C63L C400f
C63l C63l C63lS C63l
C63lS C63lS CBOLC C63lS
C63H C63H C32l C60lC
C60lC C60lC C32lS C32l
C45AD C45AO ems
ar
C45N C45N
XC40 XC40
SC40 SC40
d o wnstrea m C32l C32l
lP
C32H C32H
C32N C32N
85 C63l C63l C400f
C60lC C63lS C63l
C32l C60LC C63lS
ca
C32l C60lC
65 CIOOE CIOOf C32l
60
tri
- ----.
50 CZ26f C225E
- + -
CIOOE CIOOE
. .
NCIOO
-- +
40 C63H C63H C63H
lec
1-
I
C45AO C46N C45AO
C45N S40 C45N
XC40 XC40 XC4Q
SC40 C3211 SC40
C32H C32N C32H
C32N C32N
.E
30 NCIOO NCIOO CIOOf

C 1 00f ClOOE
25 C225 C225f
C225E C225E

., ,
lsc
w
Example: 220/240 V network By installing a C250L circuit breaker
) lise
(breaking capacity 1 50 kA) at the
Note: For clarity, the C400N , H or L ST 70 kA upstream end of the installation, and with
ww
:/
1150
l A 162A 28A
and the C630 N , H or L ST have been an lsc of 38 kA on the busbars, it is
l
omitted from the above bar graphs since possible to install a C32N circuit breaker
85
their cascading characteristics are (breaking capacity 16 or 12 kA depending
identical to these of the C40 1 N, H or L on the curve) on the 28 A outgoing line, a
and the C630N, H or L respectively. = 38 kA N C 1 00 circuit breaker (breaking capacity
15 or 12 kA depending on the curve) on
the 62 A outgoing line and a C 1 6 1 N
circuit breaker (breaking caoacitv kAl
om
.c
!: .;' . ' ,
kArms
1 50 ts36t ce111L Glflll,L. l!tl
1 00 tS30 H C$0 .111 CH!ilH Mct
85 C6 30!t COllt C!1l\f , .
C)JtN '::
' . .:
ls
:. . ; > ..
30
. (
'
:.
' <. :
, .
. . .
. :
. ...
ua
..
kArms
1 50 C630N C80 1 N C1001N
C401 N C630N C80 1 N
an
C250N C40 1 N C630N
C161N
C101N
C250N
C161N
C401N
C250N
I
C161N
t C101N
tM
1 00 CSOOE C80 1 N CSOOE C1001N CSOOE C1251N C1251N
C400E C630N C400E C801N C400E C1001N C1001N
C40 1 N C630N C801 N C801N
C250N C401 N C830N C630H
C1 6 1 N C250N C401N C40 1 H
ar
C161N C250N
C101N C161N
C101N
lP
85 CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE

C400E C400E C400E C400E C400E C400E C400E
ca
65
60 C 1 00E C100E
tri
50 C225E
C 1 00E
lec
40
.E
30 C225E C225E C225E C225E

CIOOE
CHlOE ClOOE C 1 00E C 1 00E
25 C225E
C225E C225E
C100E ClOOE
w
160 A
f
Example: 380 V network (3P + N) with By installing a 4-pole C 1 6 1 L circuit breaker
)
three-phase and single-phase (phase + lsc 70 i<- A (breaking capacity 1 50 kA) at the
ww
neutral) outgoing lines. upstream end of the installation, and with
)f20 A
I an lsc of 54 kA on the busbars, it is
possible (see pages 28 and 29) to install a
3-pole C 1 00E circuit breaker on the 90 A
outgoing line ( see above table for single
phase outgoers ) , a 2-pole C63H circuit
breaker ( b reaking capacity 12 kA) on the
50 A outgoing line and a C32N circuit
breaker (breaking capacity 16 or 12 kA
dependin on the curve) on the 20 A
.
characterist i cs network(1)
380/4 1 5 V
upstream:
om
cascad i n g (continued) downstream:
accord i n g to I E C 947-2 Multi and Compact
9
.c
C25DH C0011 ST
ls
C250N
ua
upstream
downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospective ISC
an
1 50
tM
1 00
70
ar
65
lP
50
ca
downstream
35
tri
lec
30
25
.E
15
w
*
150 A
ww
)
Example: 380 V network By installing a C 1 6 1 L circuit breaker
lsc "' 40 kA (breaking capacity 1 50 kA)
Note: For clarity, the C630N, H or L ST at the upstream end of the
I
have been omitted from the above bar installation, and with an lsc of 24 kA on
graphs since their cascading the busbars, it is possible to install
characteristics are identical to these of the a C32N circuit breakAr lhrc<>i.-;n
C630N, H or L respectively. t
om
.c
' '
-
"!:
CBO! l C ! OOlt
'
CSIJ IH ClOO!H C1251H CM!3i
i2i
CBO!N Cl001N C1 2 5 1 N
ls
\ ll
i ll
ss
;BOllE
oil
co:lll11
ua
3
'l.o
12
an
I
C630N C80111 ! OO H
--- Ol N C630N 801N
psoN COlN
I
630N
.I
-- !6!N C250N 40 1 N
tM
1 0 1 1114 C25GN
I I
I
I
C80 1 N ! 6 1 11 ! 00 1 N C ! S! N 1251 C!251N
ar
C630N 1 0 1 NI4l 801N C ! O ! NI4 1 1 00 ! 1 00 1 N
W'"
C40!N S30N 801N CS0 1 N
y
C250N 40 1 N 830N
C250 N 401N
65 830N 250N
lP
C40 1 N C40 !H
C250N
-
50 C!SlN C600f C630N C1 6 1 1i C600E 630N 161N C600E C1001N C16!N 630N
C4(l ! N C!Ol l/141 C400E C401N C 1 0 1 N{4) C400E C630N C!O!N
I
CHl ! N C400E 40 ! N
C250N C40 1 N
ca
C250N 400NST
C!Slll C161N 250N
t -
C ! O lN{4 CHl! N{4 161N
101N
I
r- - 1-- I--
35 C600E C600E f-- C600E C600f C6DOE C600E C600E
tri
I
C4Q ! N
C250N
C161N
C l 0 1 N{4
lec
- - -
I-- f-- I-- c--
30 CU5E
25 C400E C400 C400E C400E C400E C400E C400E C400E

.E
20 CHlOE
15 C22Sf 1:22 Sf CZ!!iE ClZ&E t225E C !O OE ClOOE C!OOE C10GE

CJOOE C100 ClOOE ttl)!!E CH)IlE
w
ww
characteristics
om
cascading
accord i n g to IEC 947-2
.c
upstream circuit breaker: breaking capacity
kArms
1 50 Cl61l C2li!lt
CHllt 9(;\.,
, j C4C1i
1 25
, ,1
1 00
85
\\
ls
75
65
,
42 i CHll C15Qt!
(
t4!ll
tl'
35 tlfil!l
[i
.. .. -----
upstream 30
c!'snt
ua
\ )
22 '
r ,,' ' ',

t:ea alf
20 '
I'
CJ!}l , <
. ',
, '' i ', ' ''
,
I\ < . ,
downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospective ISC
an
kArms 1,
125 ClOIN CI61N &215011 C4nlli

Cl01li Cl&IH C401H
C251llt
C2fi011
GltllN C16ltl C250H
CHllH C161H C I SIII
O
CI I N C161H C831JN
tM
C101tll2
C101H
C I 0 1 Ht2
' Cti30ll
1 00 C4o tt;
'fOIH
'9t;

ar
85
:
downstream
r{
lP
65
,, -
ca
I :.
50 :/) . .,,
,
)<;:.
tri
-+ -
,,
:-- - - - -
,'
- -
-
- - - . - - - 1- - - - - - - - - - - -
Tf1 i?;ft i{i

42
If
C25011
lec
CHllll
C1,6!N
i
-
<.
,
35 tU!itl
,f f;
Cl,OIN ' :
'
;
, ', .,; , ..

jt u
.E
r [.l f:,"l
f---
C2SOII
? !
xt '+
,
' >
UJ.
'

'
f:.:i ,
;.r;0'j.,
,
!:
' .
, C16tN
I ;'
r
r,
22
\(!, 1 f---
w
'1;:111111. Clfll l'i ,.,
t2
. . .
. :
't(
,'
,. I.
; :'
1' ;\ . 1: :
ww
! ,' ... ' :,

-
520 /

J )l s c
lsc = 80 kA
Example: 440 V network By installing a C630L circuit breaker
(breaking capacity 1 50 kA) at the
l
Note : For clarity, the C400N, H or L ST upstream end of the installation, and with
and the C630N , H or L ST have been an lsc of 48 kA on the bush"r" ;+ ,_
+ ' -
omitted from the above bar graphs since
their cascading characteristics are = 46 kA ' poss ihl o
identical to these of the C401 N , H or L \: 11'"

and the C630N , H or L re sn.,,.,+; ..
om
---
.c
" --
kArms
' 1 50
'-._
1 25
... C1001l MP H2
1 DO C801 l
85 CM-H
ls
75 MP HI
65 CBOI H C 1 00 1 H C1251H CM-N
42 G801N C lOG I N Cl 2 5 1 N
35
ua
30
22
20
an
I
1 25
1 00 C801N
CBO I H
C630N
G630H tM 100111
1 00 111
SO I N
SO HI
63011
630H
ar
C40 1 11 401N
C401H 401H
85 C250N C250N CMII

C2 50H C250H
lP
65 C 1 0 0 1 11 \ 0 0 1 11 1 25 1 Cl251N 125111 C\26111 C125\N

ca
8011'1 801 11 10011 C\00111 Hl01N Clll0\11 C1001N

BUill CBOIN 8ll1N &80\N C601N
f c? "
50 630H
po 1 H
161ft C630H 1 6 \N C630H
I
tri
161H C401H 1 61 H C401H

1 0 11'1!2 1 0 1 1112)
HltH!2) 1 0 1 H12l
3011
lec
42 "C63011 C630N C630N CS30N C630N -3011 ..

40TN 40111
- -
. "nllUI C401N C401N C401N C46111
f
.. - . ___,_ --
35
.E
I''
w
30
. : -:-.. f
.
. ;
.
.
25 C2&011 C250N C250N C25011 C25011 25011
!
w
-:r
22
- 1 - :>.
f .,
t' "'
ww
c haracteristics
om
selecti o n table : thermal mag netic tri p u n its
.c
for Compact C1 00E C225E C400E C600E
release unit interchangeable
built-in
standard trip unit
ls
l
type D thermal fixed threshold fixed threshold fixed threshold fixed threshold
thermal magnetic lr (A) rating lr at: rating lr at: rating lr at: rating lr at:
continuous current setting 40C 50C 60C 40C 50C 60C 40C 50C 60C 40C 50C 60C
15 15 14 14 125 125 117 109 250 250 236 221 500 500 470 440
ua
20 20 19 18 150 150 142 132 300 300 285 269 600 600 560 5 1 6
30 30 29 27 175 175 165 1 55 350 350 326 300
40 40 38 36 200 200 187 172 400 400 380 360
50 50 48 45 225 225 213 200
60 60 57 54
80 80 76 72
100 100 95 90
an
maanetic fixed threshold fixed threshold fixed threshold fixed threshold
lrm (A) rating lrm rating lrm rating lrm rating lrm
min. and max. threshold 15 1 30 125 875 250 2500 500 5000
2poles loaded 20 160 150 1050 300 3000 600 6000
240 175 1 750 350 3500
tM
30
40 320 200 2000 400 4000
50 400 225 2250
60 500
80 640
100 800
ar
other trip units
type G thermal
lP
low magnetic release magnetic

lrm (A)
max. and min. threshold
2 poles loaded
ca
type SA thermal
selective release maanetic
lrm (A)
tri
lec
instantaneous protect. I (A
type SB thermal
Sellim selective release maanetic
(full discrimination with lrm (A)
all downstream breaker)
.E
type MA thermal
magnetic release only maanetlc
I max (A) maximum
continuous current at 65 C
lrm (A)
2 poles loaded
w
ww
om
I C101 L
.c
C1 00NF C101 N C 1 61 N C161 L
C 1 01 H C161 H

I
ls
fixed threshold adj. 0.7 to 1 x lr adi, 0.7 to 1 x lr adl 0.7 to 1 x lr l 1 1 ad. 0.7 t o 1 x l r l 1 1
rating lr at: rating l r at: rating lr at: rating lr at: N/2 rating lr at: N/2
40C 50C 60C 40C 50C 60C 40C 50C 60C 40C 50C 60C (A) 40C 50C 60C (A)
15 15 14 15 15 14.3 1 3.6 15 15 14.3 1 3,6 80 BO 74 6B 40 80 BO 74 6B 40
ua
20 20 19 25 25 23.5 22.3 25 25 23.5 22,3 100 100 94 BB 63 100 100 94 BB 63
30 30 29 40 40 3B 35.6 40 40 3B 35,6 125 1 25 1 17 109 63 125 125 1 17 1 09 63
40 40 3B 63 63 60.5 57.3 63 63 60,5 57,3 1 60 1 60 1 50 140 BO 160 1 50 142 1 32 BO
50 50 4B 80 80 76.B 72.B 80 BO 76,8 72,B
60 60 57 100 100 95 90 i 100 100 95 90
80
100
BO
100
77
95 I
!
an
1
fixed threshold fixed threshold fixed threshold fixed threshold fixed threshold
rating lrm rating lrm rating lrm rating lrm rating lrm
15 300 15 1 30 15 130 80 560 80 560
I
20 300 25 200 25 200 100 700 100 700
tM
30 300 40 320 40 320 125 B75 125 B75
40 400 63 500 63 500 160 1 1 20 160 1 1 20
I
50 400 80 640 80 640
60 BOO 100 BOO 100 BOO
80
100
800
800 II
I
ar
0.7 to 1 x lr 0.7 to 1
lP
x lr
fixed threshold fixed threshold
rating lrm ( C 1 0 1 N only) rating lrm (C161 N only)
G15 85 G80 200
G25 100 G100 250
G40 140 G125 320
ca
G63 1 58 G160 400

G80 200
G100 250 I
same as D type same as D type
fixed threshold fixed threshold
rating lrm (C161H only) rating lrm
tri
SA63 2000 SA63 2000

SA80 2000 SA80 2000
SA100 2000 SA100 2000
SA125 2000 SA125 2000
SA160 2000 SA160 2000
I
lec
2000 2000
I
I
I
.E
without without without without

adj. 4 to 1 2.5 x l r adj. 4 to 1 2.5 x lr fixed threshold fixed threshold
rating I max (C1 01 H only) 121 rating 1 maxl 21 rating I max lrm (C161H) only) rating i max lrm
MA2.5 2.5 MA2.5 2.5 MA100 100 1 250 MA100 1 00 1 250
MA6.3 6.3 MA6.3 6.3 MA125 1 25 1 600 MA125 1 25 1 600
MA12.5 1 2.5 MA12.5 1 2.5 MA160 1 60 2000 MA160 160 2000
MA25 25 MA25 25
MASO 50 MASO 50
..
w
MA100 100 MA100 100

MA150 150 MA150 1 50
ww
I\_ 1/lr
characterist i cs
om
selectio n table : thermal mag netic tri p u n its (continued)
I C250N
.c
I
for Compact I C250L

I C250H
release unit interchan eable , .
built-in
standard trip units
ls
type 0 thermal ad. 0.7 to 1 x lr ad. 0.7 to 1 x lr
thermal-magnetic lr (A) rating lr at: N/2 rating lr at: N/2
continuous current setting 40 oc 50 C 60 C (A) 40 oc 50 C 60 oc (A)
0125 125 120 1 15 0125 125 120 1 15
ua
0160 160 152 144 80 0160 160 152 144 80
0200 200 190 180 100 0200 200 190 1 80 100
i 0250 250 235 220 125 0250 235 223 211 125
i
an
1 adjustable
I
magnetic adjustable
I
lrm (A) rating lrm 1 rating lrm
min. and max. threshold I 0125 625 to 1 250 1 0125 625 to 1 250
2 poles loaded I, 0160 800 to 1 600 1 0160 800 to 1 600
i 0200 1 000 to 2000 0200 1 000 to 2000
I
0250 1 250 to 2500 0250 1250 to 2500
tM
ar
other trip units
type G thermal
low magnetic release rna netic
lrm (A) rating lrm : rating lrm
lP
max. and min. threshold 1 G200 500 to 1 000 ! 500 to 1 000

I G250
G200
2 poles loaded 500 to 1 000 1 G250 500 to 1 000
type SA thermal I same as D t e j same as D t e

selective release magnetic ; fixed threshold
I
ca
lrm (A) rating lrm i rating lrm
I
1 SA125 1 000 'I. SA125 1 000
I SA160 1 280 I SA160 1 280
I SA200 1600 I SA200 1 600
SA250 2000 SA250 2000
instantaneous protect. I (A) 3000 j 3000

tri
type 58 thermal I I same as D tvoe

Sellim selective release magnetic 1 fixed threshold
(full discrimination with lrm (A) rating lrm
all downstream breaker) 58125 1250
lec
58160 1600
58200 2000
58250 2500
type MA thermal without without
I
magnetic release only magnetic adjustable adjustable
I max (A) max1mum 1 ratmg I max lrm rallng I max lrm
I
continuous current at 65 C MA250 250 1 600 to 3200 MA250 250 1600 to 3200
.E
lrm (A)
2 poles loaded
w
ww
om
.c
I
C401
. C401H C401L C630N
C630H 630L
" ..
I
I I
ls
II
ad. 0.75 to 1 x lr l1 l ad . 0.75 to 1 x lrl 1l 0.75 to 1 x lr1 1l
ad. ad . 0.75 to 1 x lr l 1l
rating lr (A) N/2 i rating lr at: N/2 rating lr at: N/2 rating lr at N/2
40 C 50 C 60 oc (A) ! 40 C 50 oc 60 C (A) I 40 C 50 C 60 C (A) 40 C 50 C 60 C (A)
0321 320 305 290 160 : 0321 320 305 290 1 60 ! 0321 320 305 290 160 0321 320 305 290 160
ua
0401 400 3BO 360 200 . 0401 350 325 300 200 : 0401 400 3BO 360 200 0401 400 3BO 360 200
l for direct current : for direct current 0500 500 475 450 250 0500 500 475 450 250
I
P1 ; P1 0630 630 595 550 320 0630 560 525 490 320
; P2 without thermal I P2 without thermal : for direct current: for direct current:
J
P3 P3 : P1 : P1
P2 without thermal P2 without thermal
i P3 P3
an
i
' adjustable : adjustable aclj_ustable aclj_ustable
; rating lrm ; rating lrm rating lrm rating lrm
' 0321 1 600 to 3200 . 0321 1 600 to 3200 0321 1 600 to 3200 0321 1 600
to 3200
: 0401 2000 to 4000 0401 2000 to 4000 0401 2000 to 4000 0401 2000to 4000
1 for direct current: for direct current 0500 2500 to 5000 0500 2500to 5000
P1 BOO to 1600 i P1 BOO to 1 600 0630 3200 to 6300 0630 3200to 6300
tM
P2 1 200 to 2500 ! P2 1 200 to 2500 for direct current for direct current
I
P3 2000 to 4000 I P3 2000 to 4000 P1 BOO to 1 600 P1 BOO to 1 600
P2 1 200 to 2500 P2 1 200 to 2500
I' P3 2000 to 4000 P3 2000 to 4000
P4 3200 to 6300 P3 3200 to 6300
ar
I
: protection earned out by . protection earned out by protection earned out by protect1on earned out by
lP
C400N/H ST equipped with ; C400L ST equipped with C400N/!-f ST equipped with C400L ST equipped with
ST204S trip unit (see page 36) ST204S trip unit (see page 36) , ST204S trip unit (see page 36) 1 ST204S trip unit (see page 36)
I
ca
protection carried out by , protection carried out by ! protection carried out by protection carried out by
I C400N/H ST equipped with 1 C400L ST equipped with ' C400N/H ST equipped with C630L ST equipped with
ST204S trip unit (see page 36) : ST204S trip unit (see page 36) i ST204S trip unit (see page 36) ST204S trip unit (see page 36)
!
:
i
tri
I
j_
protection carried out by I

protection carried out by
C400L ST equipped with C630L ST equipped with
lec
: ST204SB trip unit (see page 36) '

ST204SB trip unit (see page 36)
!
'
I ad ustable
: Without Without Without Without
'
adustable . adustable , ad'ustable
, rating I max lrm . rating I max lrm : rating I max lrm rating I max lrm
MA321 320 2000 4000 MA500 500 3200 6300 MA500 500 3200 6300
.E
: MA321 320 2000 to 4000 to to to

w
ww
t( s)
;1
I\_
I
1/lr
characterist i cs presentation
om
ST c o ntrol u n its selecti o n
.c
control units types of protection
Instantaneous control units ST 204 S The ST 204 S control unit, for general
selective control unit ST 204 SB purpose, offers two levels of protection:
adjustable long time protection against
overload ;
instantaneous for protection against
ls
0
-+ short circuits. In addition, the ST204 SB
control unit offers an adjustable short
time protection against short circuits, and
allows full continuity of service with
ua
SELLIM system. In stantaneous
threshold
an
0
Adjustments of protections
Instantaneous control unit STR 25 DE The STR 25 DE control unit, for general
purpose, offers two levels of protection:
STR25 OE adjustable long time protection against
tM
overload ;
adjustable instantaneous protection
against short circuit. The thresholds are
given for 1 , 2 or 3 poles on load.
ar
Instantaneous threshold
lP
version with fine setting for long time protection is available. Adjustments of protections
Selective control units STR 35 SE/GE/ME The STR 35 SE, GE and ME control units
ca
offer the following protections :

overload, with Off position for the ME
version ;
adjustable short time protection against
short circuit;
tri
adjustable short time delay for selectivity;

fixed instantaneous protection against
short circuit.
The thresholds are given for 1 , 2 or 3
poles on load.
lec
These control unit types meet each

requirement for selective applications and
generator protection (STR 35 GE).
0
't\_' ., " -o-o,, o-

Universal control unit STR 55 UE The STR 55 UE control unit offers the
.E
following protection s :
l h' I -4:
.
overload ;
0 1&
, $::
I!'

,0 adjustable long time delay for selectivity;
.. . 0 ..
A-
.... .
1;<: ..
. .. '- :
..
short circuit ;
TFR
: .. ,: adjustable short time delay for selectivity;
adjustable instantaneous protection
w
against short circuit.

The thresholds are given for 1 , 2 or 3
poles on load.
This control unit can be adjusted for any
ww
type of network protection : distribution

selective, generator, motor etc. 0
Available with all types of options; with or without
being prepared for communication. Adjustments of protections
om
.c
Sellim control unit STR 45 BE The STR 45 BE control unit offers the
following protections:
STRUBE
'k1."
overload ;
--
I a I
. adjustable long time delay for selectivity;
. 0 ' 0
.. :;i. :$
..
.
-- '-
. short circuit;
..- 1 -
'
.
ls
2
. - .... h .,.:..
adjustable short time delay for selectivity;
The thresholds are given for 1 , or 3
poles on load.
The Sellim system offers maximum
ua
continuity of service due to full selectivity
and cascading.
0
Available with all types of options except fault indication,

always prepared for communication. Adjustments of protections
an
optional functions (for universal and Sellim control unit only)
1
Load monitoring (option R ) Two adjustable loads limits* depending on
the long time delay adjustment activate

opto-decoupled outputs (transistors) or lc1
threshold
tM
send a signal via the communication
tauk
- O --- O -- outputs:
21 3 '...; .
'
Ir , lm lc2 threshold
These two thresholds can be used in
115 applications such as load shedding and
(/) : , : "
, ; olo reconnection, interlocks; alarms and so

- ,:. :1.++. '1
on.
1.,
ar
o4ltl>oH tlr tlr
ltl !">l let
tr m
lP
0
When combined with option T there is only one
threshold (lc1). Adjustments of load monitoring
Ground fault protection (option T) The ground fault protection is of residual

ca
type. One adjustable threshold depending

on the nominal current In, with adjustable
time delay will control the breaker.
It can be completed with a zone selective
interlock (option Z), which will provide

logical selectivity.
0
tri
On request, the ground fault protection

s can be of source ground return type (type
W) or protected neutral type.
. --
,.
.,
"":" -
I C 1?1 NH T tm th
--
lec
0
Fault indication (option F) In addition to the standard fault indications

.E
(toggle, SO and SOE contacts) , the fault

indication enables to discriminate the
three causes of tripping : overload (LT),
tauc -o --- 0 --- o- short circuit (ST + inst.) or earth fault (T)
'e
.. 2:me
..; . :
.':e
with three LEOs.
85 8 3 Together with the fault indicators comes a
& 1 15 1(l 2 El .7 &
load indicator, three LEOs indicating 60,
70 and 80 % of the long time setting in
w
addition to the standard LED indicating

90 % and 1 05 % of the long time setting.
Option F requires an external power supply of 24 to F option is not available on Sellim control units.
240 V 50/60 Hz or DC.
ww
Communication (option C) Note: All protection functions are self powered and require no external power supply.
Transmitting data concerning all currents Fault indication, option F, requires the installation of an external power supply.
read by the CTs, all settings of the control
selection table
unit including those of options T and R,
Comeact ST204S/SB STR25DE STR35SE STR35ME STR35GE STR55UE STR45BE
load shedding orders, fault indications as
given by option F, internal temperature C400N/H/L ST
warning when temperature, warning when C630N/H/L ST

- -- - - --,
ro<>rl hv three internal C801 N/H ST
,... -t nn"' M / T

characteristics ST control units and
optional functions selection
om
ST co ntro l u n its selectio n table
.c
control units characteristics
control units ST204S ST204SB STR25DE STR35SE
protection
long time protection LT N/2
ls
setting_ lr =In x ... 0.4 - 1 0.4 - 1 0.4 - 1 0.4 - 1
tripping between 1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr 1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr 1.05 - 1 .20 x lr 1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr
long time delay time delay bands 120 120 120 120
min. delay(s), at 1 .5 x lr 96 96 96 96
ua
max. delay(s), at 1 .5 x lr 120 120 120 120
min. delay(s), at 6 x lr 6.0 6.0
max. delay(s), at 6 x lr 7.5 7.5
min. delay(s) , at 7.2 x lr 4.2 4.2
max. delay(s), at 7.2 x lr 5.2 5.2
short time protection ST N/H type 2.5 to 10 2.5 to 10 none 1 .5 - 10
an
setting lm = lr x .. L type 2.5 to 10 2.5 to 10 none 1 .5 - 10. max. 8 x In
short time delay time delay_ bands 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
no trip time (ms) 0 60 140 230
max break time (ms) 60 140 230 350
instantaneous protection C400/C630N/H/L ST 14 x ln 8 x In
tM
C801/C1001 N/H ST 1 .5 - 10 x lr 15 x In
C801 /C100 1 L ST 1 .5 - 1 0 x lr. max 8 x In 8 X In
C 1 251 N/H ST 1 .5 - 10 x lr 12 x ln
options
T
ar
R
F
communication
optional functions characteristics

lP
ground fault protection (T)

available as standard residual current type, source ground return type, or protected neutral type
pick-up lh lh = In x .. 0.2 to 0.6
ca
steps 0.2 - 0.25 - 0.3 - 0.35 - 0.4 - 0.45 - 0.5 - 0.6

precision 15 %
time delay tm = band 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
max. no trip time (ms) 60 140 230 350
max. breaking time (ms) 140 230 350 500
zone selective interlocking (Z) working on both earth fault
tri
available on request and short circuit protection

thermal memory as LT protection, C =20 seconds
power supply self powered
load monitoring and control (R)
lec
2nd limit lc 1 lc1 = lrx .. 0.8 to 1

steps 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.88 - 0.9 - 0.93 - 0.95 - 0.98 - 1 .0
precision + 8%
time delay(s) closing tr/2 (tr = time delay for long time protection)
open in 10 s
1st limit lc2 lc2 = lr x ... 0.5 to 1
.E
steps * 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.85 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 .0

precision + 8 %
time delay(s) closing tr/4 (tr = time delay for long time protection)
openin 10 s
transmission* opto-decoupled outputs 100 mA triac type, 120 to 240 V 50160 Hz, or signalling
via the communication output, when the control unit is prepared for Com
power supply self powered**
fault indications (F)
w
3 front face LEOs indicating cause of tripping lr, lm/1, lh

bargraph, 3 LEOs 60, 70, 80 % of lr
precision + 6,6 %
ww
resetting automatically when resetting the breaker

power supply 24 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz or DC
communication (Com)
transmitting data 1 1 , 12, 13, I max, I neutral, all settings of the control unit, identification of plug
concerning (UL
and JIS), load monitoring operations, fault indications, internal
temperature, cause of malfunction.
power supply self oower>rl**
om
.c
STR35ME STR35GE STR55UE STR45BE (L type only)
ls
II
0.4 - 1 . OFF 0.4 - 1 0.4 - 1 0.4 - 1
1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr 1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr 1 .05 - 1 .20 x lr 1 .05 - 1 . 20 x lr
1 20 15 15 30 60 1 20 240 480 15 30 60 120 240 480
ua
96 12 12 24 48 96 1 92 384 12 24 48 96 192 384
1 20 15 15 30 60 1 20 240 480 15 30 60 120 240 480
6.0 0.75 0.75 1 .50 3.00 6.0 12 24 0.75 1 .50 3.00 6.0 12 24
7.5 0.94 0.94 1 .88 3.75 7.5 15 30 0.94 1 .88 3.75 7.5 15 30
4.2 0.52 0.52 1 .04 2 . 08 4.2 8.3 1 6.7 0.52 1 .04 2.08 4.2 8.3 1 6.7
5.2 0.65 0.65 1 .30 2.60 5.2 10.4 20.8 0.65 1 . 30 2.60 5.2 1 0.4 20.8
an
1 .5 - 1 0 1.5 - 10 1 .5 - 1 0
1 .5 - 1 0. max. 8 x In 1 .5 - 10. max. 8 x In 1 . 5 - 10. max. 8 x In 1 .5 - 10. max. 8x In
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0 0.1 0.2 0.30 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0 0. 1 0.2 0.3
0 60 140 230 0 60 1 40 230 0 60 140 230 0 60 140 230
60 140 230 350 60 140 230 350 60 140 230 350 60 140 230 350
tM
15 X In 1 5 X In 2 - 1 5 x In
8 x In 8 X In 2 - 8 x In none
1 2 x In 12 x In 2 - 1 2 x In
ar

front face example

lP
STR55 UE 1 Control unit identification

2 Bar graph indicating the load in % of the
2 3 4 long time setting (LEOs)
3 Alarm indicator ( LED ; fixed light when
ca
load exceeds 90 % of long time setting

and flashing above 1 05 %
4 Fault indicators (LEOs) discriminating
the different causes of tripping : overload
(lr), short circuit (1m or lnst) or earth fault
(T) (option)
tri
5 lo, rough adjustment for long time

protection (fine setting with lr knob)
0 6 Table for the maximum settings of short
FR
time protection and instantaneous
lec
protection
7 Typical curve
8 Test kit connector
9 Overcurrent protection settings
5 6 7 8 9 10
10 Load monitoring settings (option)
.E
w
ww
The lowest settings of lc2 may not work properly if lr
setting and/or the load is below 0.5 In:

load and/or setting lc2 setting
characteristics control u nit
optional functions
om
ST control u n its selectio n wiring diagram
.c
general diagram for basic versions
I ' - 'I [ fflOl UNIT I
ls
ua
an
-\
tM AT:
CE:
MX:
emergency off
BPO: open pushbutton
" connected" position contact (10 A/220 V AC)

shunt release (150 VA/220 V AC)
ar
MN: undervoltage release (8 VA/220 V AC)
SO: fault trip indication contacts (5 A/220 V AC)
OF: auxiliary changeover contacts (6 A/220 V AC)
SDE: electrical fault trip indication contacts (10 A/220 V AC)
CD: "disconnected" position contacts (10 A/220 V AC)
lP
integrated option offer

STR 55 UE R F
STR 55 U E TR F
I FMMIUWAR!Q I 8REAKEIJ AUXIUARIES' I
ca
tri
lec
AT: emergency off

.E

lc1 : load limit setting 1
lc2: load limit setting 2
CE: "connected" position contact (10 A/220 V AC)

R: load monitoring (100 mA/220 V AC)
T: ground fault protection (EZ and SZ: Input and
output for zone selective interlocking)
MX: shunt release ( 1 50 VA/220 V AC)
w

F: local fault trip indicator (supply: 24 V to 240 V AC
ww
or DC)
om
.c
evolutive offer ( prepared for telecommunication)
STR 55 U E + options F C / R F C /TFC/TR FC
ls
ua
an
-\
I
L --
AT : emergency off
tM
CE: "connected" position contact ( 1 0 A/220 V AC)
MX: shunt release (150 VA/220 V AC)
ar
F: local fault trip indicator (supply: 24 V to 240 V AC
or DC)
C: communication (including load monitoring for
lP
versions STR 55 UE FRC and STR 55 UE FTRC)
STR 45 B E ( sellim) + options C/TC / R C /TR C

I RA.All:rctUAatel ... l I I I BRiilAI<ER AtiXJUARlES I
;;.;:l;;,;: ::(!-:-.- -----------':.=----1::,
-:
COM'MOL.VNIT
ca
CN1 - - CN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -nl - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
l _lfi. F
f
tri
1 I I I 1
I t I I I
-iffi_illftTI
Pt43t23243223521354362 364 T 1TI'zul 1 z12
lec
-\
I
L --
.E
AT: emergency off

CE: "connected" position contact ( 1 0 A/220 V AC)

MX: shunt release ( 150 VA/220 V A C)
w

C: communication (including load monitoring for
versions STR 45 BE FRC and STR 45 BE TRC)
ww
cha racteristi cs
om
selection table : Vig i co mpact ELCB
ID new
.c
ls
ua
I
! C1 01 N/H/L I C161 N/H/L
I REH j REH or R M M
I i
an
Vigicompact TC40N
I
U) REH or RMM
I
rated current I : C 1 01 N/H/L C 1 6 1 N/H C161 L
(A) at 40 C
rated voltage AC
(V) 50/60 Hz
number of poles
+
fixed
plug-in
1 0 % - 1 5 Ofo(S)
40
220 to 415
3, 4
same as TC40N
tM 1 1 00
: 100
i 220 to 415 (500 for RMM)
I 3, 4
i same as C 1 01 N/H/L
1 1 60
1 1 60
150
1 50
1 220 to 4 1 5 (500 for RMM)
1 3, 4
: same as C161 N/H/L
ar
breaking capacity AC
trip unit
accessories and auxiliaries
Vigi module
lP
type of Vigi module REH40 i REH101 RMM101 REH161 RMM161

sensitivity( 1 I HS MS and LS , HS MS and LS MS HS MS and LS MS
IL'>n (A)(2 1 0.03 0.3-1-3- 1 0 ! 0.03 0.3-1 -3-10 0.3 ' 0.03 0.3-1-3-10 0.3
intentional step 0 0 I II iO 0 I II ' without 0 0 I II without
delay 0 0 60 200 IO 0 60 200 0 0 0 60 200
ca
delay (ms) .o
trip. time (msj(3) 40 40 150 370 1 40 40 150 370 50 1 40 40 150 370 50
class T02 T2 on step 0 1 m2 T2 on step 0 T2 i T02 T2 on step 0 T2
auxiliary supply built-in 1 built-in without : built-in without
AC 50/60 Hz(S) (self voltage) i (self voltage) (self current) I (self voltage) (self current)
installation versions FC FC RC FC RC
tri
fixed .. " i lli .. (4 )

_plug-in i ll II II (4) "'
dimensions fixed FC H w D IH w D H w D
(mm) type N/H 3P 190 103 134 I 218 105 124 232 105 139
4P 190 122 134 218 140 124 232 140 139
lec
weight type N/H 3P 1 .3 . 2.3 2.3

(kg) 4P 1.7 3.1 3.1
Vigirex RCD
type of Vigirex I R H50(6) RH53A R H50(61 R H53A
In (A) ! 0.03-0.1 -0.3-1-3 0.03-0. 1-0.3-1-3 0.03-0.1 -0.3-1-3 0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3
0 0 I 0 0 I
.E
intentional step II II
delay delay (ms) !0 0 90 250 0 0 90 250
class r ro2 T02 on step 0 T02 T02 on step 0
I with IL'>n = 0.03 with IL'>n = 0.03
auxiliary supply AC 50/60 Hz ! I 220/240 220/240 or 220/240 220/240 or
l 380/415 380/41 5
connection I
circuit breaker MX or MN '" J '"

TN 0 30 lu -in - ----------------------------- -
L-+------------------------!---------------------- ,
separated toroid :" 1 ,.
( 0 in mm)
w
N :.
: :
0 8
N O
SN 0 200 _.
.
ww
shielded wire I = 100 mm I - \ "'

Protection against transient fault currents: They comply with international standards The earth-leakage protection with Vigirex
The Vigi modules are equipped with a (withstand test to 8/20 s wave and RCD is achieved by the combination of:
filtering device preventing the inadvertent impulse voltage 1 .2/50 s. class A. .. ) . a circuit breaker equipped with a shunt
tripping due to transient overvoltage, radio They are identified b y this symbol. trip or an undervoltage release,
11
waves ... a Vigirex RCD,
a separate toroid
om
.c
ls
I
ua
' I
I C401 N/H/L I C630N/H/L

I I
! C400N/H/L i C630N/H/L
an
I C250N/H/L ST ST C801 N/H/L ST, C1 001 N/H/L ST,
i REH I REM iI REM C1 251 N/H ST
I I
, C401 N/H
I C400N/H ST
; C250N/H C250L C401 L I C630N/H C630L
tM
C400L ST I C630N/H ST C630L ST
I' 250 235 ' 400 350 j 630 550
j
250 235 ! 360 30 ! 550 520
220 to 415 : 220 to 415 i 220 to 415
3, 4 3, 4 i 3, 4
i
ar
1 same as C250N/H/L same as C401 N/H/L I same as C630N/ H/L I same as C801 N/H/L ST, C1001N/H/L ST or C 1 251 N/H ST
1
'
i or C400N/H/L ST or C630N/H/L ST I
i
lP
! REH250 1 REM401/400/630 REM401 /400/630

! HS MS and LS i MS and LS MS and LS I
,o
: 0.03 0.3-1-3- 1 0 ! 0.3-1-3- 1 0-30 0.3- 1 -3-1 0-3 0
!o
0 I I II 0 I II
1
0
! 40
ca
' 0 , a 60 200
I
0 60 200 60 200
40 1 50 370 i 40 1 50 370 I 40 1 50 370
I
c
J T02
::
T2 on step 0 I T2 on step 0 T2 on step 0
I built-in
j 1 (self voltage)
1 built-in I built-in
(self voltage) (self voltage)
.. ,i ..ll
: FC RC RC FC RC
:" "
tri
..
.. (4)
"' : Ill Ill
!H
, :...:
IH
: 350
H
!j 410
w D w D w D
140 145
1 410 157.5 171 1 57.5 171
lec
145 210 171 410 210 171

i 350 1 85
1 410
: 5.2 I 7.8 i 7.8
! 6.2 ! 9.7 ! 9.7
IRHSOI6l RH53A . L RH50 (6) RH53A RH50 16l RH53A RHSOI6l RH53A
i0.03-0.1-0 3-1-3 0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3 i 0.03-0.1-0.3-1-3 0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3 0.03-0.1-0.3-1-3 0.03-0. 1 -0.3-1-3 0.03-0.1 -0.3-1 -3 ' 0.03-0.1-0.3-1-3
.E
' O 0 I II [0 0 I II 0 0 I II 0 0 I II
,
JO 0 90 250 0 0 90 250 0 0 90 250 0 0 90 250
, T02 T02 on step 0 T02 1 T02 on step 0 T02 T02 on step 0 1 T02 T02 on step 0
I
with 11\n = 0.03 , with 11\n = 0.03 i with 11\n = 0.03 i with 11\n = 0.03
i220/240 220/240 or I 220/240 220/240 or 220/240 220/240 or 1 220/240 220/240 or
380/415 I 380/415 380/415 380/415
i I
i rM i ii' ' Ill "
i I
w
. ..
; m
, ,.
1
'tl 1$
: "
ww
II
: M lll
(1) HS: high sensitivity

MS: medium sensitivity
LS: low sensitivity
(2) Tripping at IC.n, non tripping at lt-n/2
(3) Total breaking time at 2 IC.n
(4) Except for L type: consult us
(5) For other frequencies: consult us
(6) The RH50 Vigirex exists in inherent safety model
characteristi cs
om
selection table : remote control
.c
ls
ua
TC40N/L C101 N/H/L C1 61 N/H/L
an
circuit breaker
rated current In (A) tor 40 C 40 100 160
other characteristics see below see p. 20 see p. 20
remote control
tM
built-in T101 T161 TS161
functions opening
closing synchro
remote reset
on fault on request - with SDM
on MN/MX tripping with SDM consult us consult us
ar
generators sy_nchro coupling synchro
automatic source changeover
opening time (ms) OJlening 50 300 300 500

closing 50 500 500 60
mechanical endurance C101N C101H/L C161N/L ' C161H C161N/L I C161H
I 3oooo
lP
(co cycles IEC 947-2) 50000 1 2000 I 30000 12000 10000 1 1 0000
electrical endurance( 1 J : ln/2 50000 12000 ' 30000 12000 I 3oooo 10000 I 10000
440 v - cos = 0.8 In 50000 6000 ' 20000 6000 I 20000 6000 I 10000
nb opening by MX/MN 25000 3000 i 3000 3000 i 3000 3000 i 3000
maximum operating frequency (cycles/mn) 4 4 4 4 :4 4 ! 4
ca
power supply (V) DC 24-48-1 10-125-220-250 24/30-48/60-1 10/125 24/30-48/60 1 1 0/127

220/250 1 10/125-220/250
AC 50 Hz 1 10-127-220-240-380 1 1 0/127-220/240-380/415 1 10-127-220/240 1 1 0/127
415/440 440 380/415-440 220/240
AC 60 Hz 120-240-440-480 1 10/127-220/240-440 1 1 0/127-220/240 1 1 0/127
440 220/240
tri
consumption DC (W) opening 700 200 200 500

closing 700 200 200 500
AC (VA)
250 250
lec
openinQ 500 500

closing 500 250 250 500
electrical auxiliaries
OF contact
SO contact
SDE contact (SDM)

.E
MX shunt trip
MN shunt trip MN
M N with time deJa 250-700 ms MNR

(1) for 660 V. endurance 440 V x 0.7.
I TC40N J TC40L
MCCB's with integrated remote control
w
ww
rated current (A) 40 C 40 40

rated voltage (V) AC 660 660
number of poles 3-4 3-4
breaking 220/240 v 30 100
capacity 380/41 5 v 30 100
AC 50/60 Hz 440 V 10 100
500 v 7 100
660 v 4.5 10
trip unit
om
.c
ls
ua
C400N/H/L ST C801 N/H/L ST
C401 N/H/L C1 001 N/H/L ST
1 1
C250N/H/L I C630N/H/L ST C1 251 N/H ST
an
1 see
250
. 20
400-630
see . 20
800-1 000-1 250 A
T250

with SDE
TS250

synchro
with SDE
T400/401 /630

with SDE
tM TS400/401 /630

s_ynchro
with SDE
T801/1001/1251

with SDE
TS801/1001/1251

synchro
with SDE
ar
synchro synchro synchro

500 500 500 500 500 1 500
200 60 200 60 400 60
lP
1 2000 1 0000 1 0000 6000 1 0000 2500

1 2000 1 0000 6000 6000 3000 2500
6000 6000 3000 3000 1 500 1500
1 200 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1000
ca
2 2 2 2 2 2
24-48/60- 1 1 0/ 1 25 1 1 0/ 1 25 24-48/60-110/125 1 1 0/ 1 25 24-48/60-1 10/125 24/30-48/60
220/250 220/250 220/250 1 10 / 1 25
1 10/1 27-220/240 1 1 0/127-220/240 1 1 0/1 27-220/240 1 1 0/ 1 27 1 1 0/1 27-220/240 1 10/ 1 27
380/41 5-440/480 380/41 5-440/480 220/240 380/41 5-440/480 220/240
1 1 0/ 1 27-220/240 1 1 0/1 27-220/240 1 1 0/1 27-220/240 1 1 0/ 1 27 1 10/127-220/240 1 1 0/ 1 27
380/41 5-440/480 380/415-440/480 220/240 380/41 5-440/480 220/240
tri
500 500 500 500 500 400

500 500 500 500 500 220
1 1 0 V to 380 V to 1 1 0 V to ' 380 V to 1 1 0 V to 1 380 V to
240 v i 480 v 240 v ' 480 v 240 v I 480 V
'
lec
500 700 500 500 ,_ 700 700 500 i 700 400

500 ' 700 500 500 I 700 700 500 1 700 220
I I I
.E
w
ww
characteristics endurance curves
om
remote control selecti o n
.c
electrical endurances by manual o r T type remote control
(cos <p 0.8 - 440 V) ( 1 )
nurrber of cycles CO electrical operation
1 00000
ls
50000
C101Hil C161H r---
ua
mechanical endurance limit
/
--1---
30000
-
20000
1 5000 mechanical endurance limit

C101N-C161 Nil.C250N/Hil
/_
1 2000
-.....
an
mechanical endurance limit
1 0000
...... ....... ......

.......
....
......
C400-401-C630NIH!l

6000
L_
....... --......
........
.. ... ....r-...
... ..
tM
3000

-.....
I I I
.......
1 500 ......
/
C80 1.C1001C1251 N/Hil ST
r-....
ar
1 000
1 0% 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1 00%
( 1 )660V - resistance 440V x 0. 7 rated operational current (Je) in% of rated current (In)
electrical endurances by TS type remote control

lP
( cos <p 0.8 - 440 V) ( 1 l

number of cycles CO electrical operation
1 00000
ca
50000
tri
30000
20000
15000 C161H
lec
L
1 0000
mechanical endurance limit 1-'
"
.......
-.l'!oo
C161 Nil.C250NiHil

_meh_anicaJ <mdc ranrn limit
6000
! -.....
I,....._
5000
!""'-- ......
.E
{sf
3000 C4 1.C N!Hil
mechanical endurance limit I I
1.7""'--
2500
I 1 J
.......
......,
1 500 C801-C1 1-C1 l N/Hil ST ......
1 000
10% 20 30 40 50 60 70 BO 90 1 00%
w
( 1 )660V = resistance 440V X 0. 7 rated operational current (le) in% ot rated current (In)
ww
low level interfaces
om
wiring diagram
.c
Low level interfaces enable Compact
adaptable motor mechanisms to be
operated by a programmable controller.
They come in two versions, depending on
the type of the signal delivered by the
controller X: version (impulse signal) and
OF version (continuous signal).
ls
X version ( impulse signal)
d
without SDE
ua
r---'1

-'in
- - ---- - - - -- ---1 ,. - - - - - - - - - ,
N1 -
!
APt/programmable controller 1 1 51 I motor mechanism 1
CN -
-
--
CN2 - __.. comrron 17 0 I
9
.. 16 B4 1 I
CN - =: 24/60 V =:
1 15
output
I
1 00/240 V 50.60 Hz
I T 1 0 1 T 1 25 1 1 ? E3
I
low level 14 B2q At
c
an
T IBN
g ;;
on 13
.. X 12 A2 1 I CN2 -
off
11 0 I CN + ::
10 A4 1 I
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I
! 9 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j
I
with SDE
I
:
-------------1
AP !/programmable controller
: output
I low level
1
CN2
CN - ::
-
---..
-'-'-'-'-"-..o-- -O
common
9="---"-!..
1
reset o--
17
15
151
tM
,. - - - - - - - - - ,
I motor mechanism 1
I
:
1
24160 V ::
CN 1
CN -
1 001240 V 50.60 Hz
I T25o T 1 25 t l 9""'1.----[31---+-"""'c
A1
-
ar
IBN
: 9.-::"'---"--- o--6
on 13
CN 1 -
+ ::
__.. .. X
CN 12 I CN2 -
off
I o------ 0
1
11 I CN + ::
:
0 10 A4 1 I
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -' --
.______. 9
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j
I
lP
SOE = contact tor electrical tault indication
OF version ( continuous signal )
d
without SDE
ca
. r-:--::-::J
- ------ -------,
I APt/programmable controller 1 151 I
r---------,
motor mechanism I
N1 -
-
17 0 CN - --
I comrron I
I
1 CN2 - 1
---.. O .. 16 B4 I
24/60 V ::
9
I CN - :: I
1 output
t 15 100/240 V 50.60 Hz
E3
I
I T101 T125tl ?
I low level
n 14 B2Q At
tri
:
IBN
9
T
13
c
CN1 - - --.. on
+ ::
OF
I
.. 12 A2 I CN2 -
I
CN
I
off 11 0 I CN + ::
I .. I I
0 10 A4
9
I I I
- - - - - - - - - - - - -1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
lec
_j
with SDE
-'i
- --- - - - - - - - - - -1 r---------1
CN1 -
: API/programmable controller
1 151 I motor mechanism 1
CN2 - -- ,_c:::o:.::m.::_mo=n7 o I CN -
1
9,..._.:=.:._-7
CN - 1 reset : 24/60 v ::
: output 15
I T250- T t 25t l ? ...,.t----+[3

.E
100/240 V 50.60 Hz
... '0
1
: low level IBN A1
---+--c
c
9,_o:..:n'-----Joao6
3
:
CN1 - OF
I
CN + :: --
1_
2 __ CN2 -
I
1 1
__ 0
I o11 CN + ::
1 ...o I I
o>--""---- 10 A4
9
1 I I
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
I
_I
--
'--- -...J _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j
SOE = contact tor electrical tault indication
w
ww
characteristics wiring d iagrams of
om
Compact TC40 to C161 N/H/L
remote contro l selectio n
.c
C o m pact TC40 N / L
:-------------- ---1
.
I. I.
.I I.
.I
1 !
ls
remote control
Compact TC40
' I,
1
I.
. Aw-rio-- Mo
I
. -- - - - - - -
A10 A20 A40
ua
. control by relay
I
S!SD-
_I
4.13
rr-- ----,i
Pt E - I-
\
an
4.14 4.22
rr-
for C o mpact C 1 01 N / H / L to
tM the connection terminal 8 4 must always
Ir----------------1
be connected (self feeding purpose).
C 1 61 N /H / L motor mechanisms must not be
ar
adaptable motor mechanism connected in parallel.
for DC applications, polarities must be
respected.
I' _lLM1 _F
closing operation, security:
J
v in case of power failure during the closing
_ A2 A4 82 84 151 152
lP
operation, it is necessary to re-confirm the

closing order to achieve the closing
operation.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ a tripping order given by undervoltage or
1 J
shunt trip release on a C 1 0 1 N/H/L in the
: .!!
ca
- --o-- OFF position imposes the following

sequence to close the circuit breaker:
orders : CB status :
o closing order OFF/tripped
;;;- gQ) e- Q)"0
...
o reset order OFF/resetted
Ol >. Q. .....
o closing order ON
tri
r rw
lec
r------------------,
for Compact C1 61 N / H / l
TS type adaptable motor mechanism disconnectable plug supplied with TS 161
1 L1 *A1 _____ A2 A4 82 84 151 152

.E
,
I I.
-, ---------------------------t\ PM
1 --o-.J -
w
;, .!!
g e. u
rn g_
ww
1 ftJJ'
P1 ON push button SD alarm switch (any fault) AT emergency off
PO OFF push button SDE alarm switch (ele ctrical fault) MN undervoltage release
PR reset push button LD alarm n-= ..,, ,..,;!;... . - '- - -
om
.c
for Compact C250N / H / L to
connection
C630N / H / L ST
T type adaptable motor mechanism C250N/H/L
1 block of 6 terminals ( back view)
I
ls
ua
C401 / C630N/H/L and C400/C630N/H/L ST
1 block of 6 terminals ( back view).
an
r - - - - - - -, r - - - ,
I 1 1 I
I 1 : l
I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _j L _ _ _ .J
TS type adaptable motor mechanism

tM C250N/H/L
1 block of 6 terminals (back view)
ar
r--------, r - - - .,
I 1 1 I
l I I I
I 1 1 I
L--------1 L - - - ...1
lP
C401 /C630N/H/L and C400/C630N/H/L ST

1 block of 6 terminals (back view).
r' ,
ca
switch control
I I I I I I
tri
tor Compact C801 N / H / L ST

lec
to C 1 251 N / H ST
TS type adaptable motor mechanism closing and opening orders are impulse'
CONfl:l()l,. UNIT I MOTOREcHAtll

orders; if they are permanent orders
(external relay, selector switch), terminal 84
\it========;;;===
ON> CN - -
MUST NOT BE CONNECTED
.E
C801 N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST

1 block of 6 terminals (back view)
--------- -
l : ;
-- 1A2M!S1!l41
I
) 1 electrical fault 1 open (
I : I I I :
------------TJ
I 1 I I 154 12 14 22 24 1 32 34 192 94 104
Un.n:t"-n.=-t=-
I I I I- l._ _______ j lf If I I t
r - - - - - - ..., r - - - ,
I -
-------------- -rlSDE
1 1 1 1
I 1: :
L _j L _ _ _ J
w
A
I SO
------------- _ _L _ - - - OFJ- - - - -\
ww
l- - - --- - -- a;----A"1--- - +-=!-B1
...L'
.,...
-
6;;--- 1- --:_Y-_
A1
I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
I
-?;;-
I
2,--'?3 - ?o1
I I I
- - - - - - - - - - - - *- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
characteristics
om
.c
ls
ua
C250N/H/L to C 1 25 1 N / H ST
an
use variatio n s i nsta l l ation
The automatic source changeover The Compact breakers which equip the The automatic source changeover is
achieves automatically the switching of a automatic source changeover can receive delivered fitted, wired, set and ready to
circuit supply from a Normal supply N to the same auxiliaries as basic Compact. be connected.
tM
a Replacement supply R and vice versa. It is possible to achieve the following The automatism plate normally fitted to the
functions : base plate is removable and can be
N normal R replacement switch b y substitution of the trip unit by separated for a possible remoteness (the
supply supply Nl switch module, or by the switch cable of auxiliary connections is one
accessories ; meter long).
protection of persons by adding a Vigi The auxiliaries supply comes from the
1-----------v---------J
ar
module ; networks to be checked.
visible break by adding a Visu module The automatic source changeover can be
on the left side breaker (Normal N ) ; mounte d :
special protections such as selective either horizontally;
protection, protection with low magnetic vertically;
l load
lP
threshold, etc . , achieved by another trip on horizontal or vertical rails.

unit adapted to the protection searched for. Indications for fitting and operating as well
The following table gives the possible as the diagram appear on the leaflet
The automatic source changeover is variations for each type of automatic supplied with the breaker.
particularly well adapted to industrial or source changeover.
tertiary installations inclusing :
ca
These addings can be combined or o perating

either a permanent standby supply concern only one of the two breakers.
(the mains supply, a generator set with The automatism plate including contactors
built-in in start-up relay) ; has the following functions:
or and emergency set in " off" position
accessories to switch the circuits supply from
carrying out starting and stopping orders In addition to the necessary accessories Normal to Replacement supply in case of
tri
given by the automatic source changeover. for automatic operatings, the breakers failure of voltage N ;
which equip the C 1 0 1 to C 1 25 1 automatic to switch back this supply when voltage
source changeover can receive the usual N returns ;
Compact accessories. to select the operating mode b y means
Note of a 4 positions preselection switch

lec
o automatic,
For C101 to C1251 source changeover,
o stop ( breakers on "OFF" position),
the possible adding of auxiliary contacts
o controlled operating on Normal supply,
must always take into account that one
o controlled operating on Replacement
OF switch is systematically used to
operate the changeover. supply.
According to the type of changeover
selected the automatism can be equipped
.E
with time delay, or starting/stop orders

sending or load shedding/restoring
devices.
w
ww
characteristics
om
operation
I C101 to C161 N/H/L C250 to C630N/H/L
.c
l
Compact Compact Compact
type C801 to C1251 N/H/L ST
composition standard 2 C101 or C161N/H/L 2 C250 or 2 C400 or 2 C630N/H/L 2 C801 or 2 C1001 or 2 C1251N/H/L
other C101 + C161 C400 or C401 + C250 C1001 + C801
ls
possibilities C101 + C101 C630 + C250 C400 or C401 C1 251 + C801 C1001
versions FC RC FC RC FC RC
fixed .. ..
plug-in ..
ua
variations
switch Nl block
personal Vigi module REH II
protection Vigi module REM C400 to C630
Vigirex + CT (1 ) .. ( 1 ) (1)
visible break Visu module (2)(6) (2) (2)
auxiliaries
an
automatism olate removable
selector switch
auxiliary contacts 2 OF or OF + SO C250(5] : 2 OF or OF + SO C801/C1001/C125 1 (5]
C400/C401 /C630(5] : OF + SO or 3 OF + SO
OF + SO or 3 OF + SO
tM
characteristics I
rated voltage Un (V) AC 50-60 Hz 415 415 415

operating voltage131 (V) AC S0-60 Hz 220 240 380 4 1 5 220 240 380 4 1 5 220 240 380 4 1 5
number o f poles 3 4 3 4 3 4
supply of the N or R voltage
ar
automatism and the AC 50-60 Hz 220, 240, 380, 415 220, 240, 380, 415 220, 240, 380, 4 1 5
motor mechanisms (V]
maximum l AC AC AC
consumption opening 250 VA 700 VA 1 000 VA
lP
closing 250 VA 700 VA 1 000 VA
permanently 65 VA 65 VA 65 VA
time of switching 4 sl41171 4 sl4)(71 4 si4H71
number of reverse 1 0000 1 0000 10000
01Jrations
ca
operating (see page 52]
use with permanent II

supply R non permanent
reversing N __, R
normal voltage loss t1me delayed by T1 0.1 to 30 s

tri
re,_,
,_, es
u""
g., tc..;o f_.
=-c g e""
,_, n"" a"-'
er"'to""r__,s,t ""
e_,_ n""
ru,_n"' g'-----
in, only with standby generator set
starting
accurate voltage of the generator set
load shedding order after time delay T1 ( + starting time of generator set if necessary)
o enin of TN
lec
closing of TR after 3 s (T3 adjustable up to 30 s)

reversin R __, N
normal voltage return time delayed by T2 10 to 1 80 s
transfer order
o enin of TR
load restoration order
closing of TN after 3 s (T4 adjustable up to 30 s]
.E
w
ww
(1) Add an undervoltl ge !:':ase, or a shunt trip.

l_ .
-- -- -t 1 Q
characteristics sequence of operations
om
C101 to C1251 N/H/L
automatic source with Merli n Gerin
changeover selecti o n automatism
C 1 01 t o C1 251 / N / H /L
.c
power source changeover equipment with standby
generating set
ls
transfer t o "STANDBY" return to "NORMAL"
operation
ua
duration < T1 duration < T2 duration <: T2
time delayable T1 : time delayable T2 :
0. 1 to 30s 10 to 1 80s
an
tM
ar
,. - - - - - - - - - ,
- r- - - - - - - - - - - ,
1 after time delay T3 1 after time delay T4 1
1
1 time delayable T3 : 1 time delayable T4 : 1
1
t 1 to 30s 1 1 to 30s 1
1

1 _s_o:t_;_ _ ____ _J l_!_; s- _____J
lP
ca
i : % i :
TN : opened TN : closed d TN : closed d
TR : opened TR : opened TR : opened
"NORMAL" operation "STANDBY" operation "'NORMAL'' operalion "STANDBY" operation
TN : "NORMAL" circuit breaker TR : "STANDBY" circuit breaker Un : nominal voltage

tri
power source changeover equipment with permanent

standby generating set
lec
transfer to "STANDBY" return to "NO RMAL"

operation
.E
duration < T1 duration < T2

time delayable T1 : time delayable T2 :
0.1 to 30s 10 to 1 80s
w
- - - - - - - - - - ,
ww
1 after time delay T3

t
1 time delayable T3 : 1

1 1 to 30s 1
l_s ..:_
,
- ____ _J
r----- -----
1 after time delay T4 1

1 time delayable T4 : 1
1 t to 30s
_____1_____J
1
1 set : 3s
T'-1 . - - - -'
TN : opened
TR nn.onrw-4
Illl : closed
wiring diagram
om
(transfer switch without
Merlin Gerin automatism)
.c
(1-r-- --;--
with 2 C o mpact C 1 01 to C 1 61 N / H / l
normal standby : :::::::::::::::_ :t=-
r
:t:::::::::::::: IEC MG
:I
code code
-
! !_oRMurce ( 1 L
-- - -- - -- - _ __
1
pnnciple ol the automat,sm I\,.:..-- { - ..1..__ 1 - -- - -- - -- - s1er ord_!!:!'!:' Powe!_ j 1)
I (1), (t)' I r
!to a..tom.tism...
ls
1
I ===:...J
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
1 1 1 1
I
:
I
I0I
-===
_
N A I E I 1 I 2 I 3-, 4 r 5 I 6 I 7 I intermediate terminal block
ua
.... --
R-f-
e----
----
----.J
-------
E
an
X BS
tM
a TN
X BS
X BS
ar
a TR
lP
X BS
lr
ca
with 2 C o m p act C250 to C1 251 N / H / l

normal standby IEC MG
tri
- --
- r !_oR_!>Aurce (1 L
--
- -- -
__
code code
- -- - -- - -- - s1er ord_!!S:!'!:"e!. J1 )
- - - - - - - - ---
to automatism
- - ..1
lec
intermediate terminal block

.E
- - - -- - -- - -- - - X BS
-- --
-
- remote -
.. -
NORMAL controlled circuit breaker-
-- -- -- -- -- a TN
- -
w
X BS
- X BS
,-,-
.
ww
..sTANDBY remote controlled

-
circuit breaker
-
-- - - -- -- a TR
-- -- -- - -
X BS
At
characteristics auxiliary switches
om
voltage releases
electrical auxi l iaries
.c
A range of auxiliary contacts shunt trips Tropicalisation
and undervoltage releases equips all the All the auxiliaries are tropicalised all
Compact circuit breakers and their climates and comply with treatment 2 of
derived products. the standard NF C 63-100.
These auxiliaries are fitted inside the
circuit breaker without any difficulty.
ls
Regarding particularly the Compact
C1 00E to C600E and C 1 01 N/H/L to
C 1 25 1 N/H ST, these auxiliaries are fixed
by a simple ratching without any risk of
contact with the live parts.
ua
auxiliaries contacts
OF contact double-throw switch used for This contact reverts to its rest position
OF contact SO contact a signal or a control linked with the "OFF" when the circuit breaker is reset.
opening and closing for fault indication
an
or "ON" position of the circuit breaker
i
Characteristics
(signalling, electrical locking, relaying,
for Compact j C161 to C101
1
etc . ) .
1
I C1251 N/H/L I
SD contact double-throw switch used for
indication when the breaker opens on, any rated current r 2 A 2A
fault. The SO contact operates on : breaking AC 220 v I5A 1
1 .5 A
capacity
f
overcurrent or insulation fault (Vigi 380 v : 1 .4 A I 0.5 A
tM
module) trip. DC 24 V 2.8 A 2A
opening by action of the voltage
48 V 1 1 A 1 .5 A
release (MX or M N ) .
110V I 0.3 A 0.7 A
220 V i 0. 1 A
ar
Normally closed contact, used for an resetting to be performed after opening by
SDE contact indication when the breaker opens on an action of the voltage release (MX or M N ) .
for electrical fault indication
electrical fault.
j C250 to C1251 N/H/L
Characteristics
The SDE contact only operates for an
for Compact
overcurrent or insulation fault (Vigi
lP
module) trip. It reverts to its rest position rated current

when the circuit breaker is reset. breaking AC
Generally associated with T and TS type capacity 380 V j 1 .4 A
remote control units, it enables remote DC 24 V \2A
ca
220 V I 0. 1 5 A
I C101 to C1251 N/H/L

CAM contact Double-throw switch used for a function Characteristics
with early break linked with the "open" or "closed" for Compact
position of the rotary operating handle or rated current i2A
of the Visu module of the Compact C 1 01
breaking AC 220 V IsA
tri
to C 1 25 1 N/H/L.
capacity
! 2.8 A
380 v I 1 .4 A
Depending on the way it is fitted, the
CAM contact operates with early make or D C 24 V
early break. 48 V 1 1 A
: 0.3 A
lec
1 10 V
220 V ! 0.1 A
voltage releases
The voltage releases are used for remote closing of the circuit breaker becomes
MX shunt trip release tripping of the circuit breaker:

possible for a voltage equal to or greater
.E
MN undervoltage release with MX release, by shunt trip in the than 85 % of Un. For a voltage lower than
control circuit (push-button, relay, etc.) ; or equal to 35 % of Un, closing is
with M N release, when the control prevented.
circuit supply voltage is absent or Characteristics
drops below a minimum threshold (voltage
for Compact I C101
' C161 to
failure, remote opening by push-button, !
I C1251
relay, etc).
power AC 50 Hz see part number
AC 60 Hz \ page 65
Tripping by action of MX or MN release
supply = Un
w
always requires resetting of the circuit

C101 DC '
breaker.
The MX release is equipped with a self
breaking contact which cuts its control
ww
C161 to C1251 circuit as soon as the circuit breaker is tripped.

For a supply voltage Un, this release
operates for a voltage from 70 % to 1 1 0 %
opening I .;;; 50 .;; 50
time (ms)
of Un.
Operation of the MN release complies with MN
the requirements of the standard IEC 947-2. seal-in AC (VA) 1 10 8
consumption DC (W)
I .;;
For a supply voltage U n : r6 5
opening of the circuit breaker takes place
..... "'
opening instant. MN 50 .;;; 50
..... ....
for a voltage lower than or equal to 70 % of
Un (co mni JIn nt f"\nn .-.; -- ...
tim'> l m c \
characteristics connectio n of auxi l i a ry
om
auxi liary equipm ent
auxi l iary possibilities
.c
connection of auxi l i a ry
Plug-in Compact Plug-in FC or R C The auxiliary connections are output from
Compact C101 to C1 251 N/H/L the circuit breaker via 6-terminal or
3-terminal plug-in blocks depending on
the auxiliary to be connected.
ls
These blocks have numbered terminals
and comprise :
a moving part, fixed onto the circuit
<= breaker, and receiving the internal
ua
connections. These connections are
identified by coloured wires;
Auxiliary wire block
a fixed part, mounted on the plug-in
(fixed part and moving part)
base of the circuit breaker.
This fixed part, which makes up the
terminal block, directly receives the
external connections (6.35 m m clips).
an
Fixed Co pact Fixed RC It i s the moving part of the plug-in block,
Compact C101 to C1 251 N/H/L fixed onto the circuit breaker, which is
used as the terminal block for direct
connection of the external connections
(6.35 m m clips).
Auxiliary wire block for

fixed RC Compact
tM
ar
Fixed FC The external connections are connected
Compact C101 to C1 251 N/H/L directly to the auxiliary via the front panel,
through a hole made after removing the
lP
pre-cut part of the cover. Each terminal is

marked with a numbe r (see diagram).
ca
tri
aux i l i a ry equ i p ment possi b i lities

lec
The table hereunder indicate s : the type and quantity of plug-in blocks
the type a n d quantity o f auxiliaries to be provided (for plug-in Compacts ) .
which can be fitted at the same time on T h e s i g n + indicates t h e auxiliaries
each Compact, which can be fitted together on the same
unit.
Peak possibilities
.E
type of auxiliary contacts trip unit voltage releases motor mechanism

Compact OF so SDE auxil. wire block + options + MX MN auxil. wire block + T TS auxil. wire block
C100E without without
+ 1 + 1
(fixed breaker (fixed breaker)
C225E 2 without without
or
(fixed breaker I + or
(without breaker)
1 +
C400E, 1 + without without
C600E
or
(fixed breaker) + or (without breaker)
3 +
w
C101N/H/L,
C161N/H/L 2 OIIIDJ [ill] + 1 or 1 131
or + 1 or
+ 1
1 x 6 terminals 1 x 3 terminals
ww
C250N/H/L
2 + 1 (11 OIIIDJ [ill] 1 or 1
OIIIDJ
or
1 + 1 + 1 (1 1
+ 1 or +
1 x 6 terminals 1 x 3 terminals 1 x 6 terminals
C401 N/H/L
C400N/H/L ST, OIIIDJ
C630N/H/L
C630N/H/L ST,
+ 1 + 1(11 1 x 6 terminals
+ 1 or
[ill] OIIIDJ
or
C801 N/H/L ST 121 , 3 + + 1 (1 1 1 x 3 terminals + 1 or 1 1 x 6 terminals
C1001N/H/L ST 121
,
OIIIDJ OIIIDJ ITiillJJii]
- ..... -'- -- : ... 1 ,.,
1 v 10 terminals
characteristics wiring d iagrams
om
auxi l i a ry
.c
wiring diagrams
Compact C101 to C250N/HL
2 O F contacts 1 OF contacts + 1 contact SO 1 MX or MN voltage release
ls
ua
1 block of 6 terminals 1 block of 6 terminals (back view) 1 block of 3 terminals (back view)
r-
--
-,
r--------,
an
I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I
L- - - L - - - .J L---- ----1
,.- - - - -,
I I
I I
I I
L _ _ _ .J
Compact C401 and C630N/H/L, C400 and C630N/H/L ST

1 OF contact + 1 SO contact 3 OF contacts + 1 contact SO
tM 1 MX or MN voltage release
ar
lP
r - - - - - - - -,
r
-, r -r
I I 1 1 1 r
I
ca
I I I I I
I I I I I I
:: =:
L - - - - - - - -'
;:::
-------1
r---,
L - - - - - -- L -------
j rn
I I
I I
r'l fj', ', ',

I I
L _ _ _ ..J l_ _______
tri
Compact C801 to C1 251 N/H ST

1 OF contact + 1 SO contact 3 OF contacts + 1 SO contact 1 MX or MN voltage release
:, ' ' - -- ' , ''

lec
I_ - - , ,
-- / -
. , . . . .

0 "3:
i i
3
'( '( '( '( '( '(

C1 C2 01 04
.E
r - - - - - - - -, r - - - - - - - -,
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ...J L - - - - - - - ....1
r.-;-r-,--,-,-;:-, 1
w
ww
characteri sti cs rotary handle
om
accessories
.c
d irect rotary handle Dimensions: page 1 1 9
Direct rotary handle The direct rotary handle is available for all The direct rotary handle is fitted in place
the Compact circuit breakers. It mainly of the cover.
consists of: It can be optionally fitted with:
an adaptation frame fitted on the a red toggle with a yellow escutcheon
Compact, to comply with the VDE standard ;
ls
a toggle always lockable by 3 padlocks a key lock (see " locking devices" ) ;
(not supplied), a CAM contact with early break or
a driving system, which links this make depending on fitting (see page 54).
toggle with the adaptation frame.
ua
This handle can be transformed into an
extended rotary handle by means of a set
of accessories, supplied on option. The
positive break indication is kept with the
direct rotary handle.
Degree of protection: IP 40.
an
Direct rotary handle MCC type The direct rotary handle MCC type is
designed for Compact C 1 0 1 to C250N/H/L
used in Motor Control Centers. It comes
as a single part whose toggle is always
lockable by 3 padlocks (not supplied).
tM
This handle cannot be fitted with any
other accessory.
The positive break indication is kept with
the MCC type direct rotary handle.
Degree of protection: I P 40.
ar
extended rotary handle Dimensions: page 1 1 9
With door locking The extended rotary handle is made up of The rotary handle and its extension
a direct rotary handle (see above), frame can be fitted :
lP
completed by: either in front of the door,

an extension frame for fitting the or behind the door.
toggle, In both cases, a locking device allows the
an extension shaft which exists in 2 door to be opened only when the circuit
models: short or long. breaker is in the "OFF" position.
ca
The positive break indication is kept with This rotary handle can be optionally fitted
the extended rotary handle. with the same accessories as the direct
Degree of protection : IP 55. rotary handle.
tri
lec
Without door locking The extended rotary handle without door

locking equips the Compact C 1 0 1 to
C1 251 N/H/L.
It comprises the same component parts
as the rotary handle with door locking
.E
except for the following points :

the extension frame is replaced by an
escutcheon to support the toggle,
the extension shaft only exists in the
short model.
The positive break indication is kept with
the extended rotary handle.
Degree of protection: IP 55.
This rotary handle can be optionally fitted
w
with a key lock (see " locking devices" ) .
Shaft bracket Designed for the rotary handle with

extended shaft, this shaft bracket enables
ww
to eliminate the play of the shaft and to

facilitate the operating of several rotary
handles on the same door (systematically
supplied for a long shaft ) .
characteri stics locking and i nterlocking
om
devices
accessories
.c
l o c k i n g d evices
Removable locking devices For the Compact C101 to C1251N/H/L,
there is a removable device for 3 padlocks
(not supplied) , which can be easily fitted
when the operation takes place to lock
the toggle in the "OFF" position.
ls
ua
Compact C101 to C1251N/H/L with
toggle padlocking device
Locking by padlock and key lock For Compact C101 to C1251 N/H/L
The safety locking devices require a rotary
handle to be fitted in addition on the
an
circuit breaker.
To lock the unit in the "OFF" position, this
handle comprises :
a padlocking device for 3 padlocks (not
supplied), which is systematically
incorporated in the toggle,
tM
a pre-drilled location, designed to
accommodate 1 key lock supplied on
option ( ! > , whose key is captive when the
Locking tor Compact unit is in the " O N " position (1) Key locking cannot be fitted on the source
C101 to C1251 N/H/L changeovers.
ar
i nterlocking d evices Dimensions: page 1 1 9
Mechanical interlock The mechanical interlock is achieved by a

mechanism which combines 2 rotary
lP
handles to constitute a manual source

changeover.
This device forbids the simultaneous
closing of the 2 breakers but allows the
opening.
ca
The Compact C 1 0 1 to C 1 251 N/H/L are

fixed normally on a panel or rails.
Interlocking by key locks This interlocking is easily achieved by

tri
equipping each of the 2 Compact, either

fixed or plug-in, with a standard key lock
system, combining 2 key locks and a
single key.
lec
This solution enables 2 geographically

distant units to be interlocked.
chassis locking d evices (withdrawable versions)

.E
For withdrawable C161 to C1251N/H/L o 2 keylocks, one for locking of the

(standard chassis) chassis on either position (see above) ,
fixed chassis can receive two kinds of the other one t o prevent locking o f the
locking devices, with supplied Ronis or chassis.
Profalux locks (1 key) :
o locking in draw-out position
Door interlock
o locking in draw-in and out positions.
Optional: Mounted on the frame, this lock
w
on standard version the chassis can be

prevents the cubicle door from being
locked in draw-out position by 3 padlocks opened when the breaker is in the
(not supplied) "connected" position. If the breaker is put
into the "connected" position with the
ww
For withdrawable C801 to C1251N/H ST door open, the door can be closed
(with universal chassis) without disconnecting the breaker.
disconnected and connected position
locking: Racking i nterlock
mounted on the frame and accessible with Optional: This lock prevents insertion of
the cubicle door locked, the device for the breaker racking handle when the
1 or 2 Ronis or Profalux locks (not cubicle door is open. It can be defeated
supplied) allows to lock the chassis : by pressing on the unlocking mechanism.
either i n draw-out position only, o r i n
..... .....O. A O : - - - _j _f o
i nstallation accessories
om
.c
Sealing accessories The sealing accessories are fitted in the By means of these accessorie s :
holes provided on the front of the circuit t h e c i rcuit breaker cover can be sealed,
breaker. They are ready to receive the access to the trip release unit settings
steel wire and lead lock-pin (supplied with can be prevented.
the set ) . Nota: the terminal shields are always
supplied with their sealing accessories.
ls
Label holder The label holder comprises a transparent
cover in which a label is fitted marking the
protected outgoer.
It is fixed by means of self-tapping
ua
screws, in 2 holes provided for this
purpose on the front of the Compact.
Locator for Compact type This locator is designed to avoi d the
an
plugging-in of a Compact N or H type in
place of a Compact L type.
This locator is fitted on the base of
Compact C 1 6 1 to C630L.
Terminal shields
tM
These terminal shields are insulating,
sealable accessories used to prevent
direct contacts with live parts.
The terminal shields are compulsory:
Fitting possibilities
Compact
type
C101 N/H/L fixed
"''-': FC
terminal : shields ' exten-
' short
. =c--; ---
' long
, --
=--
: sian
ar
c 161 N/H ...=- . --:-
in plug-in version (short terminal fixe d R c
shields always supplied with the breaker) . to C 1 251N/H
plug-in
C400L
for voltages ;?> 500 V (short or long FC/RC
to C100 1 L
terminal shields to be ordered separately).
C161 L, fixed FC ,.
According to the type of connection, the C250L
lP
fixed RC
Compact can receive :
plug-in
either short terminal shields for fixed
FC/RC .
rear connection and plug-in version,
or long terminal shields for fixed front
Short terminal shields Long terminal shields connection version.
ca
Spacing support The spacing support enable s :

either t o align t h e front face o f fixed
Compact C 1 0 1 N/H/L with the other
Compact.
A long rear connection has to be used for
tri
a fixed RC C 1 01 N/H/L when using the

spacing support ref. 3999 1 .
either t o replace a fixed FC C 1 25N/H/L
by a C101 N/H/L.
lec
d o o r frames and cut-out g ro m m ets

Fixed versions The grommet is a moulded part which is
Door cut-out grommet fitted on the door by simple riveting. It
enables a door cut roughly without special
finishing to be used.
I
.E
It is available for C1 00E to C600E and

C 1 0 1 to C1 251 N / H /L
Before f:tt:ng the After fitt:ng the After fitting the

grommet grommet for fixed grommet for plug-
circuit breaker in circuit breaker
w
Tight bellows The bellows ensures the tightness of the

toggle (IP 43) when operation is
performed via a door or an escutcheon.
ww
It is fitted on the front of the Compact

C225 to C600E and C 1 0 1 to C630N/H/L
with direct handle.
characteristics
om
i nstallation
.c
withdrawa b l e versions C1 61 N / H / L t o C 1 251 N / H S T ( standard chassis)
Watertight escutcheon For C 1 6 1 to C630N/H/L the escutcheon
ensures the tightness of the handle
(IP 40) when the control is achieved
through a door in connected/disconnected
position. It is mounted on the door.
ls
ua
Door frames For C801 N/H/L ST to C 125 1 NIH ST, front
door can be fitted to reach IP 40:
a standard door cut-out grommet
or a door frame with a porthole to show
the trip unit setting and signalisation, and
a door cut-out grommet (2 versions :
an
direct toggle and rotary handle) .
tM
withd rawa b l e vers i o n s w i t h u n i versal c h a s s i s ( C801 N/H/L ST to C1 25 1 N/H ST)
ar
Door frames The IP 40 fitting is :
a door frame for chassis (lower part of
the breaker),
and a door frame with a porthole to
show the trip unit setting and
lP
signalisation, and a door cut-out grommet

(2 versions : direct toggle and rotary
handle).
ca
tri
accessories fo r withd rawab l e C1 61 N / H / L to C1 251 N / H ST

Connected/ disconnected For C 1 6 1 to C1 25 1 N/H/L, micro-switches The disconnected position is indicated
position carriage switches are available for the fixed chassis of the only when the minimum isolating distance
lec
drawout circuit breaker, indicating between fixed and moving disconnecting

connected or disconnected position. contacts has been reached.
Contacts characteristics :
breaking capacity
5 A/250 V AC, 2 A/24 V DC,
0.15 A/220 V DC
.E
Connection set of auxiliaries The connection set allows to check the

auxiliaries circuits when the breaker is in
the disconnected position.
It is possible to fit 1 or 2 connection sets
(6 pins).
w
ww
connection :
Compact C1 OOE to C600E
om
Compact C1 01 to C630N/H/L
Compact C400 and
C630N/H/L ST
.c
Compact C101 to C630N/H/L, C400 and C630N/H/L ST
direct connection fixed FC fixed RC plug-in FC ( 2 1 plug-in RC ( 21
By bars, or cables with crimped lugs
ls
ua
possible dimensions of bars or crimped cable-lugs (mm)
C1 00E C161 N/H/L C225E C250N/H/L C400/C600E
C 1 0 1 N/H/L C401 /C630N/H/L
C400/C630N/H/ LST
an
bars L 16 25 25 30 40( 1 )
d 8 11 11 15 20
0 6.5 6 8 10 12
crimped L 16 25 25 30 40
lugs 0 6.5 6 8 10 12(1)
connection with accessories

with connectors for bare cables
fixed FC
tM plug-in FC plug-in RC
ar
lP
possible dimensions of cable cross-section (mm2)

connector C1 00E C 1 6 1 N/H/L C225E C250N/H/L C400/C600E
C 1 01 N/H/L C401/C630N/H/L
C400/C630N/H/LST

ca

single 2.5 to 1 6

1 .5 to 70 16 to 95 2.5 to 95 1 6 to 1 85 70 to 3000
built-in 50 to 1 50
double 2 cables
70 to 240
tri
Angle terminals fixed FC

by bars, with connectors
or crimped lugs for bare cables
lec
.E
The spreader, intended for the C401 and

spreader C630N/H/L, C400 and C630N/H/L ST,
for C401 and C630N/HL
enables the pole distance to be increased
for C400 and C630N/H/L ST
for easier connections.
It allows a width of 60 m m busbars and
crimped cable-lugs (compared with a
w
width of 40 mm for direct connection) .

The spreader takes the same accessories
as the direct connection.
ww
characteristics connection :
Compact C801 to
om
i nsta l latio n C1 251 N/H ST
C o mpact
.c
Compact C801 to C1 251 N/H ST
0 11
direct connection fixed FC fixed RC
By flat or edgewise bars
50 1 25
2sk
_0_-41- w.
ls
12.5 12 5
ua

! 1 1 ' 1---1"'*' ::::: so
_
_+ . plug-in RC
an
I
fixed Fe
0- ! l-
connection with accessories
tM
With connectors for bare cables
-. "'
s 0>8 " 38
ar
_t -+
With complementary terminal pads fixed FC fixed RC

for cables with crimped lugs "
lP
ca
plug-in RC
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
safety perimeters
om
.c
A
1 1
uo
minimum distance between minimum distance between
10 2 breakers side by side A = 0 2 breakers and front door B = 0
ls
ua
(1)
- r-- - - - - - - (2)
01
02 side plate
an
--- ""'
1 ( 1 ) blank metal plate minimum distance between
uo (2) painted metal or insulated 2 breakers and blank side plate C
plate, insulated bar (C =0 for insulated or painted side plate)
tM
c
0'2
o 1 L
- ----- - (2)
(1)
ar
lP
Distance 01 and 0'1 are obtained from circuit breaker 01 m m 02 mm 0'1 m m 0'2 mm C mm
tests defined in IEC 947.2. TC40 N 20 20 20 20 5
They are related to the ultimate breaking L 20 20 20 20 5
capacities for voltages from 220 to 660 V.
C101 N/H 20 20 20 20 5
ca
(Note : for voltages > 480 V terminal

shields are compulsory). L 20 20 40 40 5
They start from the frame of the breaker. C161 N/H 40 40 20 20 5
L 50 50 50 50 5
C250 N/H 30 30 30 30 10
L 30 30 60 60 10
tri
C400 N/H 1 30( 1 ) 1 00( 1 ) 60 60 10

C401 L 1 30 1 00 1 30 1 00 10
C630
C801 N/H 1 30 1 00 70 70 10
lec
C1001 L 1 30 1 00 1 30 1 00 10
C1251
CM1250 N/H 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 20
to
CM3200
.E
(1) For the NIH versions where phase separators are compulsory distances start from the frame of the breaker.
w
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Compact
om
1 1 to 1 250 A
.c
3 part n u m bers
page
Compact mccb's a n d models,
auxiliaries and accessories
Compact C100E to C600E 66
Compact C1 OONF 66
ls
Compact TC40N/L 68
Compact C101 N/H/L 70
ua
Compact C250N/H/L 78
Compact C400N/H/L ST 84
Visucompact C400N 86
Visucompact C401 N ST
Compact C630N/H/L 88
an
Compact C630N/H/L ST 90
Visucompact C630N 92
Visucompact C630N ST
Compact C801 N/H/L ST 94
Compact C1 001 N/H/L ST 95
tM
Compact C 1 251 N/H ST 96
ST trip units for
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST 96
Visucompact C80 1 N ST to C1251 N ST 100
automatic and manual
source changeover 101
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
p a rt n u m bers Compact mccb's C1 OOE to
C600E, C1 00NF
om
C1 00E to C600E
C1 00N F
.c
com lete breaker... ... consisting of:
Compact C1 OOE rating 3P

3t
\I
j
fixed 15 40101
FC 20 40102
': ;
30 40103
i 40 40104
50 40105
ls
" 60 40106
:.J1 80 40107
100 40108
ua
Compact C225E rating 3P
3t

fixed 125 43460
FC 150 43461
175 43462
)
200 43463
an
225 43464
- C225E fixed FC
fixed 125
RC 150 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 41 190
- C225E fixed FC
175
to + 1 set of rear connections per pole 43472
225
tM
3t
--
fixed 250 44490
FC 300 44491
J
350 44492
400 44493
ar
-
fixed 250 C400E fixed FC
RC to + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
400
lP

3t
ca

fixed 500 45450
)
FC 600 45451
- C600E fixed FC
fixed 500
RC 600 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
tri
lec

Compact C1 00NF rating 1P
1t
I j
fixed 15 40010
FC 20 40011
.E
30 40012
40 40013
50 40014
60 40015
80 40016
100 40017
w
ww
Compact mccb's C1 00E to
C600E and C1 OONF
om
auxiliaries, accessories,
connection, spare parts
.c
C100E C225E C400E C100NF
electrical auxiliaries C600E ( 1 P)
auxiliry double-throw switches
rJ
1 OF 40036
2 OF 42901
1 so 40037
1 OF + 1 SO 42902 44900
ls
3 OF + 1 SO 44901
voltage release (for remote trippinQ)
r!
MX (shunt trip)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC(1 l (V}
ua
24 42910 44910
48/60 42911 44911
1 1 0/ 1 30 40031 (1) 42912 44912
220/240 40032( 1 )
220/300 42913 44913
380/415 40033( 1 )
an
380/480 40034 ( 1 ) 42914 44914
!
MN (undervoltage release)
AC 50 Hz (V ) I 2 l
1 1 0/ 1 27 40044 42920 44925
220/240 40045 42921 44926
380/415 40046 42922 44932
tM
440/480 40043 42927
AC 60 Hz (V) I2l 1 1 0/ 1 27 (2) 42931 44925
220/240 (2) 42928 44926
440 (2) 42933 44649
DC (V ) 24 40047 42923 44923
48 40048 42924 44924
ar
1 1 0/130 40049 42925 44925
250 40050 42926 44926
accessories
locking by padlocks or key lock
lP
of the toggle 44936 44936 44936 44936
~
(in open position)
by 3 padlocks (not supplied}
ca
circuit label holder

pack of 1 0

42976 42976 42976
tri
cutout grommet
Q
for door 42977 42977 44938
I
I
lec
tight bellows
II
for toggle (IP43) 41318 44965

.E
sealable terminal shields

short term. shields ( 1 set) 3P 3X40041 13) 42960 44829 40041
.... long term. shields ( 1 set} 3P 40040 42962 44831
phase separators
ratinQ 1 25 A to 1 50 A 42964
w
rating 175 A to 225 A 43470
connection (see p. 6 1 )
connectors for bare cable
ww
single connectors per pole 44813

for 1 cable 70 ,;;; S ,;;; 300
double connector per pole 44814
for 2 cable 70 ,;;; S ,;;; 240
1 set of 3 connectors
ra!i!19._1 25 A to 1 50 A 41 1 84
rating 175 A to 225 A
with phase separators 43473
(1) For C1 00E in DC 24 v 40029
A.dA..d.1 48 v 40030
1 1 n11?S v 40028
p art n u m bers Compact TC40N/L
om
TC40 N / L
(i) new
.c
AC 60 Hz DC
rating 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
4t
Compact TC40N
4t 3t 4t 3!
fixed 010 1 10 V 22450 120 v 22350 22450 24 v 22360 22460
FC 127 v 22351 22451 240 v 22352 22452 48 v 22361 22461
220 v 22352 22452 440 v 22354 22454 110 V 22362 22462
ls
240 v 22353 22453 480 v 22355 22455 125 v 22363 22463
380 v 22354 22454 220 v 22364 22464
41 5/440 v 22355 22455 250 v 22365 22465
ua
016 110 V 22370 22470 120 v 22370 22470 24 v 22380 22480
127 v 22371 22471 240 v 22372 22472 48 v 22381 22481
220 v 22372 22472 440 v 22374 22474 1 10 V 22382 22482
240 v 22373 22473 480 v 22375 22475 1 25 v 22383 22483
380 v 22374 22474 220 v 22384 22484
41 5/440 v 22375 250 v
an
22475 22385 22485
025 1 10 V 22390 22490 120 v 22390 22490 24 v 22400 22500

127 v 22391 22491 240 v 22392 22492 48 v 22401 22501
220 v 22392 22492 440 V 22394 22494 1 10 v 22402 22502
240 v 22393 22493 480 v 22395 22495 125 v 22403 22503
380 v 220 v
tM
22394 22494 22404 22504
41 5/440 v 22395 22495 250 v 22405 22505
032 1 10 V 22410 22510 120 v 22410 22510 24 v 22420 22520

127 v 22411 22511 240 v 22412 22512 48 v 22421 22521
220 v 22412 22512 440 V 22414 22514 1 10 V 22422 22522
240 v 480 125 v
ar
22413 22513 v 22415 22515 22423 22523
380 v 22414 22514 220 v 22424 22524
41 5/440 v 22415 22515 250 v 22425 22525
040 110 V 22430 22530 120 v 22430 22530 24 v 22440 22540

lP
1 27 v 22431 22531 240 v 22432 22532 48 v 22441 22541

220 v 22432 22532 440 v 22434 22534 110 V 22442 22542
240 v 22433 22533 480 v 22435 22535 125 v 22443 22543
380 v 22434 22534 220 v 22444 22544
4 1 5/440 V 22435 250 v
ca
22535 22445 22545
com fete breaker... ... consisting of :

Compact TC40L ratin g 3P 4P
3t 4t
'
0 1 0 ---- - TC40N (see above)
,. =: -
-=
- - -----J
fixed =
016 + 1 limiter block
tri
FC 22035
025
+ 1 neutral block (for 4P breaker) 22036
+ 1 mounting plate ! 1 1
032
22130
040
lec
Vigicompact rating 3P 4P
3t 4t
6 010 -
-=

---J
TC40N (see above)
,.
TC40N R E H
=:
-- - -
fixed =
+ 1 Vigi clock REH 40 3P
.E
FC 016 ---
. . - - 22300
025 + 1 neutral block (for 4P b reaker) 22302
+ 1 mounting plate P I
032
22130
040
w
ww
Compact TC40N/L:
om
.c
individual enclosures
individual enclosure IP40
3 poles 22136
ls
electrical auxiliaries
auxiliary double-throw switches
ua
for Compact TC40N
10 + 1 F 22120
20 + 2F 22121
for Compact TC40L
or Viglcompact TC40N REH
10 + 1 F 22122
an
20 + 2F 22123
1 SD + 1SDM 22127
voltase releases
MN (instantaneous undervoltage
D
release)
AC 50 Hz 110 V 22162
tM

1 27 v 22163
220 V 22165
240 v 22166
380 v 22167
41 5/440 v 22168
AC 60 Hz 1 20v 22162
ar
208 v 22164
240 v 22165
480 v '22168
DC 24 v 22170
lP
48 V 22171
60 v 22172
1 10/125 v 22173
MNR (undervoltage release with
time delay)
ca
AC 50 Hz 110 V 22182
1 27v 22183
220 v 22185
240 v 22186
380 v 22187
41 5/440 v 22188
tri
AC 60 Hz
12
0V
----2
2
18
2
208 v 22184
240 v 22185
480 v 22188
lec
low level Input converters

24 V DC 221 40
48 V DC 22141
127 V DC 22142
accessories
mounting plates
.E
for separate limiter block 22131

for adaptation of C40L 22130
or C40 REH 1 1 l
.
mechanical alarm
SDM 22126
w
codase pins 22138

ww
nne 17
p a rt n u m bers Compact mccb's C1 01 N/H/L:
with D type trip unit
om
C1 01 N / H / L
Ci) new
. ..consisting of:
.c
com lete breaker ...
Compact C 1 01 N rating
2P 3P 4P
2t 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
fixed 15 38500 38510 38520 38530
FC 25 38502 38512 38522 38532
40 38503 38513 38523 38533
J
63 38505 38515 38525 38535
ls
80 38506 38516 38526 38536
100 38507 38517 38527 38537
fixed 15
-" ::.____ _c:
385503856
_ 0 385'-.7:0=------1
38580 = C101N fixed FC
RC 25 38552 38562 38572 38582 + 1 set of rear connections 11) per pole 39998
ua
40 38553 38563 38573 38583
63 38555 38565 38575 38585
80 38556 38566 38576 38586
100 38557 38567 38577 38587
plug-in lil -'-1"5 ::___ _c:38600_3,86,_,_10,__,38::::62::0
_ :: 38,6:=o3::c0
___ -l = C101N fixed FC
FC .Jfl' 25 38602 38612 38622 38632 + 1 set of plugs per pole
39985
in base
an
RC :40===38603=386 133862338633=======:; + b)b 2P 39972 3P 39973 4P 39974
63 38605 38615 38625 38635 + 1 set of short term. shields 2P/3P 39983 4P 39984
80 38606 38616 38626 38636
100 38607 38617 38627 38637
Compact C 1 01 H rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
tM
fixed 15 38660 38670 38680
FC 25 38662 38672 38682
40 38663 38673 38683
J
63 38665 38675 38685
80 38666 38676 38686
1 00 38667 38677 38687
ar
fixed 15 38710 38720 38730 = C101H fixed FC
RC 25 38712 38722 38732 + 1 set of rear connections I 1 l per pole 39998
40 38713 38723 38733
63 38715 38725 38735
80 38716 38726 38736
lP
100 38717 38727 38737

38760 38770 38780
38762 38772 38782 per pole 39985
38763 38773 38783 3P 39973 4P 39974
3P 39983 4P 39984
ca
38765 38775 38785

38766 38776 38786
100 38767 38777 38787
Compact C1 01 l rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
15 38810 38820 38830
tri
fixed
FC 25 38812 38822 38832
40 38813 38823 38833
J
63 38815 38825 38835
80 38816 38826 38836
lec
100 38817 38827 38837

fixed 15 39720 39730 39740 = C101L fixed FC
FC 25 39722 39732 39742 + 1 set of rear connections I 1 l per pole 39998
40 39723 39733 39743
63 39725 39735 39745
80 39726 39736 39746
100 39727 39737 39747
.E
15 38860 38870 38880 C101L fixed FC

RC i
plug-in =
FC -fl 2::c5::___ ,38:=o8"'62=-:38,_87:.-:2:._-:3::::888:=:2 + 1 set of ilm1tor plugs per pole 39992

dp.Jfl' 40
____ ___
38863 38873 38883

-J
1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 39973 4P 39974
+ 1 set of short term. shields 3P 4P
+
63 38865 38875 38885 39983 39984

80 38866 38876 38886
100 38867 38877 38887
w
ww
Vigicompact mccb's
om
C101 N/H/L
Compact mccb's C1 01 N/H/L
(j) new
with Vigirex RCD
remote control units
.c
complete breaker... . .. consistmg o f;
Vigicompact rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
C1 01 N R E H '" fixed 15 38910 38920 38930 C101N fixed FC
FC 25 38912 38922 38932 + 1 Vigi module REH 101 3P 39944 4P 39945
40 38913 38923 38933
)
63 38915 38925 38935
38916 38926 38936
ls
80
100 38917 38927 38937
ll
fixed 15 C101H REH fixed FC
RC to + 1 set of rear connections l 1 1 p e r pole 39998
ua
100
'
plug-in 15 C101N REH fixed FC
RC to + 1 set of Vigi plugs per pole 39992
100 -;- 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 39973 4P 39974
1 set of short term. shields 3P 39983 4P 39984
' , -- C101H fixed FC
an
,.
fixed 15
Vigicompact
FC to ..;- 1 Vigi module REH 1 0 1 3P 39944 4P 39945
C1 01 H R E H " 1 00
ll
15 C101H REH fixed FC
to + 1 set of rear connections ! 1 1 per pole 39998
100
tM
plug-in 15 C101H REH fixed FC
RC to + 1 set of Vigi plugs per pole 39992
100 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 39973 4P 39974
'
+ 1 set of short term. shields 3P 39983 4P 39984
C101L FC
,.
fixed 15 fixed
Vigicompact
FC to .;.. 1 Vigi module REH 1 01 3P 39944 4P 39945
C 1 01 L R E H " 100
ar
15 C101L REH fixed FC

to + 1 set of rear connections ! 1 1 per pole 39998
100
plug-in 15 C101L REH fixed FC
RC 39996
lP
to + 1 set of Vigi limitor plugs per pole

100 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 4P 39973 39974
+ 1 set of short term. shields 3P 4P 39983 39984
)
Vigicompact fixed 15 C101N/H/L same versions as for Vigicompact REH
FC to + 1 Vigi module RMM 101 3P 4P 39946 39947
C1 01 N / H / L R M M " 100
ca
J
fixed 15

RC to
1 00
plug-in 15
RC
.
to
tri
1 00
Compact C 1 01 N / H / L
llr.a
with a Vigirex R C D
a n d a separate toroid
lec
+ + +
Compact voltage Vigirex RCD toroidal sensor shielded wire

fixed or release RH50 220/240V 50040 TN 0 30 plug-in 50105 (2 conductors)
plug-in (see page 220/240V 50041 P N 0 50 50106 1 = 1 00 m 50136
(see page electrical inherent safety model
.E
before) auxiliaries)
RH53A 220/240V 50082
50084
39858 I
DC II
380/415V
complete unit... ... consisting of:
39860 I
remote control u nit T1 0 1 @ voltage (V) AC 50 Hz AC 60 Hz 1 adaptation plate 39813
24/30 + 1 motor unit
48/60 39859 voltage (V) AC 50 Hz AC 60 Hz DC
1 1 0/127 39850 39855 24/30 39800
220/240 39851 39856 I 48/60 39801
w
250 39861 I 1 1 0/127 39806 39810 39802

380/41 5 39853 220/240 39807 39811
440 39854 39853 250 39803
380/415 39808
ww
i 440 39809 39808

plug-in wiring and auxiliaries 39818 IBN low level input converter
keylocking device 39820 OF version (continuous signal)
accessories for sealing 24 V DC 39824
in automatic position 39829 48 V DC 39825
220/240 V AC 39826
X version (impulse signal)
24 V DC 39827
48 V DC 39828
39829
part n u m bers Compact mccb's C101 N/H/L
G and MA type
om
C 1 01 N / H / L (continued)
m new
.c
com lete breaker... ......consisting of:
Compact C1 01 N rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t
type G *
j
fixed G15 39360 39380
FC G25 39362 39382
G40 39363 39383
J
G63 39365 39385
ls
G80 39366 39386
G100 39367 39387
fixed G15 = C101N type G fixed FC per pole 39998
J.
RC to + 1 set of rear connections ( 1 )
ua
G100
plug-In G15 = C101N type G fixed FC
FC to + 1 set of plugs per pole 39985
RC G100 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 39973 4P 39974
Compact C1 01 H rating 3P 4P
an
3t 3t
j
type MA fixed MA2,5 39410
FC MA6,3 39411
'
MA12,5 39412
MA25 39413
MASO 39414
) tM
MA100 39415 39425 1il
MA150 39416 Gl 39426 1il
fixed MA2,5 39460 = C101H type MA fixed FC
RC MA6,3 39461 + 1 set of rear connections ( 1 ) per pole 39998
MA12,5 39462
MA25 39463
ar
MA50 39464
J.
MA100 39465 39475 1il
MA150 39466 1il 39476 1il
plug-In MA2,5 39510 = C101H type MA fixed FC
FC MA6,3 39511 + 1 set of plugs per pole 39985
lP
RC MA12,5 39512 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 39973

MA25 39513
MASO 39514
MA100 39515 39525 1il
ca
MA 1 50 39516 1il 39526 1il

Compact C101 L rating 3P 4P
3t 3t
j
type MA fixed MA2,5 39560
FC MA6,3 39561
MA12,5 39562
tri
MA25 39563
J
MA50 39564
MA100 39565 39575 1il
MA 1 50 39566 Gl 39576 1il
fixed MA2,5 39610 = C101L type MA fixed FC
lec
RC MA6,3 39611 + 1 set of rear connections ( 1 ) per pole 39998

MA12,5 39612
MA25 39613

MA50 39614
MA100 39615 39625 1il
MA1 50 39616 1il 39626 1il
.E
plug-In MA2,5 39660 = C101L type MA fixed FC

FC MA6,3 39661 + 1 set of limitor plugs per pole 39992
RC MA12,5 39662 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 39973 4P 39974
MA25 39663
MASO 39664
MA1 00 39665 39675 1il
MA150 39666 1il 39676 1il
w
ww
1) lon rear connection ref. 399G1 \.uho.... . . -:-- -

Compact mccb's C101 N/H/L
om
.c
sealing accessories
electrical auxiliaries accessories for release, adjustment, 39970
auxiliary double-throw switches direct rotary ha..:.:
n=.
d:.:
le ------- cover
1 OF
---,--
40036 standard
2 OF 2 x 40036 with black toggle 39980 circuit label holder
1 OF + SD 40036 + 40037 red toggle onl)' 42891 pack of 1 0 42976
1 CAM (for rotary handle) 39981 watertight escutcheon 42892
(CNOMO)
ls
voltage release (tor remote tripping)
MX (shunt trip) MCC type 39979
cut-out grommet
for door
AC 50/60 Hz DC
42977
for T101/T161
(V) (V)
ua
39865
1 10/130 40031 24 40029
220/240 40032 48
"
40030
380/415 40033 1 1 0/125 40028
440/480 40034 250
short shaft 39977
40026
MN ( undervoltage release) for toggle (IP43) 39969
( = 39980 + 42882)
an
AC 50/60 Hz DC
(V) (V) long shaft 39978
( = 39980 + 42884)
1 1 0/130 24
rear door mounting
40044 40047
...
220/240 48
short shaft 39953
40045 40048
380/41 5 1 1 0/130 ( = 39980 + 42889)
short term. shields 2P/3P 39983
40046 40049
440/480 250
....
long shaft 4P 39984
40043 40050
MN (with time delay relay)
tM
39954
( = 39980 + 42897) long term. shields 2P/3P 39994
4P 39995
220 V 50/60 Hz
= MN 1 1 0/130 V
front door mounting
40049
+ time delay relay protective shield 2P/3P/4P 42968
250/700 ms + 40042 short shaft 39976 for plug-in base
auxiliary wire block (see guantit)' p. 55) ( = 39980 + 45853)
enables to aligne 2P/3P 39993
ar

mov(ng eart
short wires 3 term. 42942 accessories for converting direct rotary the front face of 4P 39999
tor types N/H/L 6 term. handle to extended handle a fixed C1 01 N/H/L
with other Compact
42943
fixed eart
tor all types 3 term. 42940 front door mounting 1 set of long rear 39991
6 term. short shaft connections
lP
42941 42882
ack of 24 female clis 42946 long shaft 42884
rear door mounting
short shaft 42889 connection (see p. 61)
long shaft 42897
""&
ca
without door locking 07100

front door mounting
short shaft
/A
45853
shaft bracket
for short shaft
tri
42868
(always included on rotary
handles with long shaft) cover 2P/3PI4P 39968
circuit breaker
locking b)' padlocks or key lock
'
lec
of the rotary handle

(circuit breaker in OFF position)
b)' 3 padlocks built-in
1 Ronis key lock 1351 .500 41940 black toggle for:
1 Profalux key lock 42888 rotary handle 42875
KSS 824 D4Z
of the toggle
(in OFF position)
.E
by 3 padlocks 44936
mechanical interlocking
(for breakers with rotary handle)
44826
w
ww
q>
key locks interlocking
1 set of 2 Ronis 1351 .500 41950
key locks (1 single key)
1 set of 2 Protalux 42878
KSS 824 D4Z key locks
(1 single key)
p art n u m bers Compact mccb ' s C161 N/H/L
om
C 1 61 N / H / L remote control u nits
. c n is i
.c
com Jete breaker... . o s t n of:
Compact C 1 61 N rating 2P 3P 4P
2t 3t 3t 4t 3t+ N/2
-
j
fixed 80 40500 40504 40512 40508 40516
)
FC 100 40501 40505 40513 40509 40517
125 40502 40506 40514 40510 40518
-
40503 40507 40515 40511 40519
ls
160
fixed 80 40520 40524 40532 40528 40536 C161N fixed FC
FC 100 43521 40525 40533 40529 40537 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 41 1 90

125 40522 40526 40534 40530 40538
ua
1 60 40523 40527 40535 40531 40539
plug-in 80 40540 40544 40552 40548 40556 C161N fixed FC
FC 100 43541 40545 40553 40549 40557 + 1 set of plugs per pole 41 194
RC + 1 plug-in-base
125 40542 40546 40554 40550 40558 FC/RC 2P 41195 3P 41 1 96 4P 41 1 97
-
160 40543 40547 40555 40551 40559 + 1 set of short term, shield 2P/3P 42965 4P 42961
t-
Compact C 1 61 H fixed 80 40564 40562 40568 40566
an
FC 100 40570 40563 40572 40575
125 40571 40574 40573 40576
-
160 40567 40565 40561 40569
fixed 80 40584 40592 40588 40596 C161H fixed FC
FC 100 40585 40593 40589 40597 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 41 190
lt
125 40586 40594 40590 40598
tM
160 40587 40595 40591 40599
plug-in 80 40604 40612 40608 40616 C161H fixed FC
FC + 1 set of plugs per pole 41194
j
100 40605 40613 40609 40617
RC 125 40606 40614 40610 40618 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 411 96 4P 41 197
160 40607 40615 40611 40619
fixed 80 40624 40632 40628 40636
J
ar
FC 100 40625 40633 40629 40637
125 40626 40634 40630 40638
160 40627 40635 40631 40639
fixed 80 40644 40652 40648 40656
100 40645 40653 40649 40657
lP

125 40646 40654 40650 40658
160 40647 40655 40651 40659
plug-in 80 40664 40672 40668 40676
FC 100 40665 40673 40669 40677
-
RC
ca
125 40666 40674 40670 40678

160 40667 40675 40671 40679
Visucompact C1 6 1 N l'- rating 3P 4P
-
3t 3t 4t 3t + N2
J
t-
fixed 80 C161N fixed FC
FC to + 1 Visu module V160 3P 42413 4P 42414
tri
160
fixed 80 Visucompact C161N fixed FC
RC to + 2 sets of C 1 6 1 N RC (for line-side) 2 x 42450
160 + 2 sets of C 1 6 1 N R C (for load-side) 2 x 41190
lec
earth leakage Visucompact - Visucompact C161N fixed FC/RC

+
1 Vigi module REH161 3P 41 550 4P 41551
C1 61 N R E H / R M M or
Vigi module RMM161 3P 41612 4P 41613
.E
auxiliaries and accessories aux1ilary double-throw switch OF standard or CAM early break depending on mounting 42906
specific to the Visucompact earthing switch for neutral in open position (compulsory if the transformer neutral 42415
is earthed on the load side of the Visucompact)
locking of the Visu module by 3 padlocks (not supplied) built-in
in open position by Ronis key lock 1351 .500 (supplied) 41940
by Profalux key lock KS5 824 04Z (supplied) 42888
terminal shields for Visucompact long terminal shields for FC (1 set) 3P 42969 4P 42963
or earth leakage Visucompact short terminal shields for RC ( 1 set) 3P 42971 4P 42961
w
connectors line-side per pole 42460

load-side per pole 41 183
Compact N l type (load break switches) page 1 1 2
ww
automatic and manual source changeover Compact page 99

Vigicompact mccb ' s
om
C161 N/H/L
4i) new
with Vigi module REH or R MM
.c
com fete breaker... ... consistin of:
Vigicompact C 1 61 N R EH " rating 2P 3P 4P

2t 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
80
j
fixed 40854 40862 40858 40866 = C161 N fixed FC
100 1 Vigi module REH161 3P 41 550 4P 41551
)
FC 40855 40863 40859 40867 +
1 25

40856 40864 40860 40868
160 40857 40865 40861 40869
ls
fixed 80 = C161 N REH fixed FC
RC to + 1 set of rear connections per pole 41 190
160
plug-in 80 = C161N REH fixed FC
to 1 set of Vigi plugs per pole 41 199
ua
FC +
RC 160 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 41 1 96 4P 41197
j
80
)
Vigicompact fixed = C161H fixed FC
FC to + 1 Vigi module REH61 3P 41550 4P 41551
C1 61 H R E W 160
80
an
fixed = C161H fixed FC
160
plug-in 80 = C161H REH fixed FC
FC to + 1 set of Vigi plugs per pole 41199
RC 160 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 41196 4P 41 197

j
80
tM
fixed 40874 40882 40878 40886 = C161 N fixed FC
1 Vigi module REH161 3P 41550
Vigicompact
FC 100 40875 40883 40879 40887 + 4P 41551
125
C161 L R EH "
40876 40884 40880 40888
160 40877 40885 40881 40889
plug-In 80 40979 40987 40983 40991
FC 100 40980 40988 40984 40992
1 25
ar
RC
40981 40989 40985 40993
160 40982 40990 40986 40994
80
j
)
fixed = C161 N/H/L same versions as for Viglcompact REH
+ 1 Vigi module RMM161 3P 41612 4P 41613

Vigicompact
FC to

C 1 61 N / H / L R M M '" 160
lP
fixed 80
RCPI to
160
plug-in 80
FC to
160
ca
RCPI
Compact C161 N / H / L
If
m 0
and a separate
+ [J + +
=
..
tri
toroid

fixed or release RH50 220/240 V 50040 TN 0 30 Elug-in 50105 (2 conductors)
plug-in (see page 220/240 v PN 0 50 1 = 100 m 50136
(see page electrical
50041 50106
inherent safety model
lec
RH53A 220/240 V 50082
380/41 5 v 50084
com fete unit... ... consistin of:
remote control u n it T161 $ volta e (V) AC 50 Hz AC 60 Hz DC = 1 adaptation plate + 1 motor unit 40623
24/30 39858 voltage AC 50 Hz AC 60 Hz DC
48/60 24/30
.E
40603 39800
1 1 0/127 40580 40600 40620 48/60 39801
220/240 40581 40601 1 1 0/ 1 27 39806 39810 39802
250 40621 220/240 39807 39811
380/415 40582 250 39803
440 40583 360/415 39808
440 39809 39808
w
remote control unit TS161 $ voltage (V) AC SO Hz AC 60 Hz DC Important:

1 1 0/127 suitable only for Compact C161 4-pole, type N or H.
for C161 N/H fixed RC, add:
40721 40721 40723
220/240

+ 1 set of rear connection (per pole)
40722 40722
41190
+ 1 set of short 4P terminal shields
ww
42961
for C161 N/H plug-in FC/RC, add:
+ 4 set of Vigi plugs 4 x 41 1 99
To use a remote control unit TS161 on + 1 set of short 4P terminal shields 42961
a Com act C161L, lease consult us. + 1 lu -in base FC/RC 4P 41 197
Accessories for T101 /T161 1il Elug-in wiring and auxiliaries 39818 IBN low level input converter
(remote control unit) keylocking device 39820 OF version (continuous signal)
accessories for sealing 24 V DC 39824
in automatic J20Sition 39822 48 V DC 39825
---l ohlo r<WRr ITS1
61) 42974 220/240 V AC 39826
p art n u m bers Compact mccb's C161 N/H/L
G and MA type
om
C 1 61 N / H / l (continued)
.c
com lete switch... . .. consisting of:
Compact C161 N type G'' rating 3P 4P 4P
3t 3t 4t
j
fixed GBO 40744 40748
J
FC G 1 00 40745 40749
G 1 25 40746 40750
ls
G 1 60 40747 40751
-
fixed G80 C161N type G fixed FC
to + connection accessories as for C161N (see p. 74)

RC
G160
ua
plug-in GBO
FC to
RC G 1 60
j
Compact C161 H type SA'' fixed SA63 40712 40713
FC SABO 40704 40708
J
SA100 40705 40709
an
SA125 40706 40710
SA160 40707 40711
-

fixed SA63 C161H type SA fixed FC
RC to + connect on accessories as for C 1 6 1 H (see p. 74 )
i
SA160
plug-in SA63
to
tM
FC
RC SA160
j
fixed SA63 40714 40715
FC SABO 40724 40728
SA100 40725 40729
J
SA125 40726 40730
ar
SA160 40727 40731
fixed SA63 40736 40737
RC SABO 40955 40959
SA100 40956 40960
lt
lP
SA125 40957 40961

SA160 40958 40962
plug-In SA63 40738 40739
FC SABO 40967 40971
RC SA100 40968 40972
ca
SA125 40969 40973

SA160 40970 40974
J
j
Compact C161 H type MA fixed MA100 40765 40n3
FC MA1 25 40766 40n4
MA160 40767 40n5
-
tri
fixed MA100 40785 40793 C161H type MA fixed FC

+ connection accessories as for C 1 6 1 H (see p. 74 )
lt
RC MA125 40786 40794
MA160 40787 40795
plug-in MA100
FC to
lec
RC MA160
j
J
Compact C161 L type MA'' fixed MA100 40805 40813

FC MA125 40806 40814
MA 160 40807 40815
.E
fixed MA100 40835 40843

RC MA125 40836 40844
MA160 40837 40845
plug-in MA100 40935 40939
FC MA1 25 40936 40940
RC MA160 40937 40941
w
ww
Compact mccb's
om
C 1 61 N/H/L:
.c
extended rotary handle cut-out grommet
electrical auxiliaries for door 42977
auxilia!)' double-throw switches front door mounting for T101/T161 39865
'
2 OF 42901 short shaft 41312
1 OF + 1 SO 42902 ( = 41 3 1 0 + 42882)
1 CAM (for rotary handle 42905 long shaft 41311
or Visu module) ( =4131 0 + 42884)
ls
rear door mounting for toggle (IP43) 39969
voltage release (for remote triing)
short shaft 41319
5
MX (shunt trip)
( = 4 1 3 1 0 + 42889)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC
(V) long shaft 41320
( =4131 0 + 42897)
ua
24 42910
48/60 42911
front door mounting
1 10/130 42912 for plug-in Compact 42463
short shaft 41322
220/300 42913 ( =4131 0 + 45853) C161L
380/480 42914 sealable terminal shields
L!
MN ( undervoltage release) short term. shields 2P/3P 42965
an
AC 50 Hz DC 4P 42961
(V) (V) long term. shields 2P/3P 42962
accessories for converting direct rotary
48 42919 24 42923 handle to extended handle 4P 42963
1 10/130 42920 48 42924 with door locking extension for L type 3P 42966
220/240 42921 1 10/130 42925 front door mounting 4P 42967
380/41 5 42922 250 42926 short shaft 42882 protective shield 2P/3P/4P 42968
tM
525 42927 long shaft 42884 for plug-in base
AC 60 Hz rear door mounting phase separators 2P/3P 42964
(V] short shaft 42889 accessories for substitution
1 10/127 42931 mounting a 2P/3P 40953
long shaft 42897
220/240 42928 C161N/H on a 4P 40954
without door locking
440 42933 C160 base
ar
short shaft 45853
MN (with time delay relay)
220 V 50/60 Hz
= MN 1 10/130 V 42925
+ time delay relay shaft bracket
2501700 ms 42930 for short shaft 42868
connections (see p. 6 1 )
lP
auxilla!)' wire-block (see guantit:i - 56) (always included on rotary
handles with long shaft)

moving art (for bare cables)
olybloc terminal
short wires 3 term. 42942 locking by adlocks or key lock 07100
for types NIH 6 term. 42943 of the rotary handle
long wires 3 term. 42944 (circuit breaker in OFF position)
ca
for type L

6 term. 42945 by 3 padlocks
\' (not supplied) built-in
fixed art
for all types 3 term. 42940 1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 41940 connectors for bare cables
6 term. 42941 1 Profalux key lock 2.5.;;; S .;; 1 6 per pole 41185
ack of 24 female clis 42946 KS5 824 D4Z 42888 16.;;; $ .;;; 95 (AI) per pole 40950
, ,
tri
16.;; $ .;; 95 per pole 41183

accessories
of the toggle angle terminals (prohibited on C 1 6 1 H)
chassis for lug-in CB (in OFF position)
for C161N/H 3P 41920 by 3 padlocks 44936
~
for C161N/H 4P 41 921 (not supplied)
lec
for C161 L 3P 41922

for C161 L 4P 41 923
horizontal chassis : consult us mechanical interlocking spare parts
auxiliaries seciflc to the chassis (for breakers with rotary handle) cover 2P/3P 41350
auxiliary switches: 44826 4P 41351
indicator for draw-out osition 39965
indicator for draw-in osition 39966
.E
locking in draw-out position with 1 key lock

(suplied] Ranis 1351 .500 41929
I
Profalux KS5 824 D4Z 41930 neutral pole cap for 41313
q-'Q,.
locking in draw-in and draw-out position with key locks Interlocking 4-pole equipment
1 key lock (suplied) Ranis 1 351 .500 41947 (for breakers with rotary handle) with rotary handle
Profalux KS5 824 GAZ 41948 1 set of 2 Ronis 1351 .500 41950
watertight escutcheon key locks (1 single key)
for operation through the door: 1 set of 2 Profalux 42878

manual 41926 KS5 824 D4Z key locks toggle 41352
w
'
remote control 40956 ( 1 single key)
disconnectable auxiliary wire-block sealing accessories
for "test position" ( 1 0 plugs per blocks],
instead of standard auxiliary wire-block 41917 for release, adjustment, 32970

black toggle for:
ww
cover rotary handle 42875

additional auxiliary wire-block 41928
direct rotary ha::.:n:ocdl:::e:.__ Visu module V160 42885
with black toggle 41310 circuit label holder

red toggle 42891 pack of 1 0 42976
watertight escutcheon 42892
MCC type 41316

p a rt n u m bers Compact mccb's C250N/H/L
with type D trip u nit
om
C250 N / H / L
(j) new
.c
Com lete breaker... .. . consistin of:
rating 2P 3P 4P
Compact C250N 2t 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j 0
fixed 0125 = C250N without release
)
FC 0 1 60 Ul 43010 43014 43018 43022 43026 2P 43001 3P 43002 4P 43003
0200 4301 1 43015 43019 43023 43027
+ 1 type release (see below)
0250 43012 43016 43020 43024 43028
ls
fixed 0 1 25 = C250N fixed FC
RC 0160 Ul 43034 43038 43042 43046 43050 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 43800
lil
0200 43035 43039 43043 43047 43051
0250 43036 43040 43044 43048 43052
ua
p'ug-in 0 1 25 = C250N fixed FC
FC 0 1 60 Ul 43082 43086 43090 43094 43098 + 1 set of plugs per pole 43802
RC ..
0200 43083 43087 43091 43095 43099
+ 1 plug-in
base FC/RC 2P 43809 3P 43810 4P 4381 1
0250 43084 43088 43092 43096 43100 43829 4P 43830
+ 1 set of short term. shields 2P/3P
an
rating 3P 4P
Compact C250H
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
fixed 0 1 25 = C250H without release 3P 43104 4P 43105
)
FC 0 1 60 Ul 431 1 1 431 1 5 431 1 9 43123 + type 0 release (see below)
0200 431 1 2 431 1 6 43120 43124
0250 43113 431 1 7 43121 43125
tM
fixed 0125 = C250H fixed FC
RC 0160 (i) 43131 43135 43139 43143 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 43800
ll 0125
0200 43132 43136 43140 43144
0250 43133 43137 43141 43145
plug-in = C250H fixed FC
FC 0160 Ul 43171 43175 43179 43183 + 1 set of plugs per pole 43802
ar
RC + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 4381 0 4P 438 1 1
0200 43172 43176 43180 43184
0250 43173 43177 43181 43185
--
lP
rating 3P 4P
Compact C250L
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
0
fixed 0125 = C250L without release, fixed FC
)
FC 0 1 60 Ul 43195 43199 43203 43207 3P 43188 4P 43189
0200 43196 43200 43204 43208
+ type release (see below)
ca
0
0250 43197 43201 43205 43209
fixed 0 1 25 = C250L without release, fixed RC
RC 0160 Ul 43219 43223 43227 43231 3P 43212 4P 43213
lJ
0200 43220 43224 43228 43232
+type release (see below)
43221 43225 43229 43233
0
0250
tri
plug-in 0125 = C250L without release, plug-in without base

FC O:..c 3P 43236 4P 43237
:::: ::0
16 4"'" _
:: Ul:___
_:.- 32 _
"'4"" "'3,-
3'-'4 47
2::: 4"'"
'--"32 5,_._
::-: 1cc4 3,-
::-: 55
2
RC
0200 43244 43248 43252 43256
+ type release (see below)
:::: + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 43810 4P 43811
=
025
0--- 4 32
4 5-4 3 2
49 4=
32 =5 3-4 3 257
lec
Standard type D release Low magnetic setting type G release

trip u n its
rating 2P 3P 4P rng
2t 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2 3t 4t
0125 Ul 43259 43275 43276 G200 43277 43280
0160 Ul 43260 43263 43266 43269 43272 G250 43278 43281
.E
0200 43261 43264 43267 43270 43273

0250 43262 43265 43268 43271 43274
Selective type SA release for C250L only Selective type SB release for C250L only
rating 3P 4P rng
3t 4t 3t 4t
SA 1 25 43284 43289 SB 125 Ul 43296 43300
SA 1 60 43285 43290 SB160 43297 43301
w
SA200 43286 43291 SB200 43298 43302

SA250 43287 43292 SB250 43299 43303
Type MA release
ww
rating 3P 4P
3t 4t
MA250 43308 43311
Vigicompact mcbb's
C250N/H/L
om
Compact mccb's C250N/H/L:
with Vigi module REH or REB
N/2
.c
com lete breaker... . .. consisting of:
0125
Vigicompact C250N R EH"- rating 3P 4P
01020060
3t 3t 4t 3t
fixed
0250
FC
J 0250
0125
ls
fixed
0125
RC to
0250
ua
plug-In
FC to
RC
an
rating
J
0125
0250
tM
fixed
0125
RC to
0250
plug-in
FC to
RC
ar
------- 1
0125
Vigicompact C250L R EW rating
fixed
0160
0200
0250
FC
lP
plug-in 0125
0250
ca
FC to
- -, + '
RC
------- 1
tri
and a separate
toroid
lec
Compact voltage
fixed or release
plug-in (see page
(see page electrical
.E
w
ww
Auxiliaries and accessories page 81

oaoe 17
part n u m bers Visucompact mccb's C250N
om
Compact mccb's C250N :
C250 N / H / L (continued) remote control
{i) new
.c
complete breaker... ... consisting of:
Visucompact C250W' rating 3P 4P
'
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
)

= C250N fixed FC
fixed 0125
0250
= Visucompact C250N fixed FC
fixed 0 1 25
ls
0250
ua
earth leakage rating 3P 4P
an
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
)
Visucompact
j
= Visucompact C250N fixed FC/RC
fixed 0125
C250N R E H " FC to + 1 Vigi module REH250 3P 43340 4P 43341
0250
fixed 0125
RC to
tM
0250
auxiliaries and accessories aux1ilary double-throw sw1tch OF standard or CAM early break depending on mounting 42906
specific to the Visucompact earthing switch for neutral in open position (compulsory if the transformer neutral
is earthed on the load side of the Visucompact) 43332
locking of the Visu module by
::. lo-=
3_,p:=ac::
d:= c"- ______
k -"(cn::o::.:t..c:s=-::u:r:_____ )
: d'L
ie=-=
plc:
pl:" _::
b.::
u:-:
ilt:.c
- ::.
in.:
in open position by Ronis key lock 1351-500 (supplied) 41940
ar
connection same as fixed Compact (p. 8 1 )
lP
C o m pact N l type (load break switches) page 1 1 2

adaptable motor mechan i s m AC 50/60 Hz DC
(V) (V)
T250
ca
1 1 0/12711 ) 43775 2411 ) 43770

220/2401 1) 43776 48/601 1 ) 43771
380/41512 ) 43777 1 1 0/125 1 1 ) 43772
440/4801 2) 43778 220/2501 1) 32773
tri
adaptable motor mechanism AC 50/60 Hz DC

lec
(V) (V)
TS250
1 10/1271 1 ) 43754 1 10/125 1 1 ) 43752
220/2401 1 ) 43755
accessories for motor mechanism SOE alarm switch 44906
Sealable cover 42974
locking of the motor mech.11 I by 1 key lock (not supplied) 44876
Ronis 1351 .500 or Profalux KS5 824 04Z
.E
w
ww
(1) Direct supply motor mechanism.

(2) Motor mechanism supplied through an additional
resistor:
T400/630 380/41 5 V 43877
T400/630 2201240 V 43776 + resistor 44870
T400/630 440/480 V 43878
T400/630 2201240 V 43776 + resistor 441171
Compact mccb'c C250N/H/L :
om
connections, spare parts
.c
electrical auxiliaries direct rotary handle sealing accessories

with black toggle 43820 f\.. for release, adjustment, 39970
red toggle 42891 til <'il' cover
watertight escutcheon 44940 circuit label holder
pack of 1 0 42976
MCC type 43824
ls
voltage release (for remote tripping) cut-out grommet for door
MX (shunt trip) Compact fixed or plug-in 42977
i\111' AC 50/60 Hz
or DC with motor mechanism 43745
!J.!
GJI
V)
__________________
ua
24 42910
48/60 42911
1 1 0/130 42912 short shaft 43821 for toggle (IP43) 42896
220/300 42913 ( = 43820 + 42882)
380/480 42914 long shaft 43835
( = 43820 + 42884)
r!
an
AC 50 Hz DC
rear door mounting
43846
(V) (V) short shaft
( = 43820 + 42889)
48 42919 24 42923 long shaft 43847 for plug-in contact 43816
...
1 1 0/130 42920 30 42938 ( - 43820 + 42897)
220/240 42921 48 42924 sealable terminal shields
42922 42925 43829
....
tM
380/415 1 1 0/ 1 30 short term. shields 2P/3P
525 42927 250 42926 short shaft 43822 4P 43830
AC 60 Hz ( = 43820 + 45853) long term . shields 2P/3P 43831
(V) 4P 43832
42931 extension for L type 3P 43833
1 1 0/127
42928
accessories for converting direct rotary
handle to extended handle
4P 43834
220/240 protective shield 2P/3P/4P 43836
ar
440 42933 for plug-in base
MN (with time delay relay) phase separators 2P/3P 43840
220 V AC 50/60 Hz short shaft 42882 connection (see p. 61 l
= MN 110/130 V DC 42925 long shaft 42884
+ time delay relay rear door mounting connectors for bare cables
42930
lP
250/700 ms
short shaft 42889 1 6 S 1 85 (Aiu)
per pole 43813
auxiliary wire block (see quantity p . 55) long shaft 42897 ' ,
1 6 S 1 85 per pole 43828

mov
in3gpa
=rt
-- ------ without door locking
!!gl'<l!l' short wires

.=.
3--=t=
erc:cm

__:42=9=-4,..- 2
c::__ short shaft 45853
42943
ca
for types N/H 6 term.

angle terminals
long wires "-
3 -"te::.c
r"'
m"--
. ____,4=2944
for type L 6 term. 42945
fixed part shaft bracket
for all types 3 term. 42940 for short shaft 42868
6 term. 42941 (always included on rotary
tri
handles with long shaft)

pack of 24 female clips 42946
accessories locking by padlocks or key lock cover 2P/3P 43940
chassis for plug-in CB of the rotary handle
4P 43941
for Compact without motor mechanism (circuit-breaker in OFF position)
lec
C250N/H 3
=P__ ____,4=-37,_8,_.._, 6 by 3 padlocks
(not supplied) built-in
43787
I
C250N/H 4P
C250L 3P 43788 1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 41940 neutral pole cap for 43947
C250L 4P 43789 1 Profalux key lock 42888 4-pole equipment
KS5 624 D4Z with rotary handle
of the toggle
(in OFF position)
44936 43945
.E
for Compact with motor mechanism by 3 padlocks (not supplied) toggle
'
C250N/H ::
3P.:___ ____,4co:37,_,_._,90.
C250N/H 4P 43791
block toggle for:
horizontal chassis: consult us (for breakers with rotary handle)
rotary handle. 42875
auxiliaries specific to the chassis mechanical device 44826 Visu module V250 44846
locking in draw-out position with 1 key lock
41929
w
(supplied) Ronis 1 351 .500

Profalux KS5 824 D4Z 41930
locking in draw-in position with 1 key lock
(supplied) Ronis 1351 .500 41947
41948
ww
Profalux KS5 824 GAZ

watertight escutcheon
for manual operation through the door 41926 41950

1 set of 2 Ronis 1351 .500
disconnectable auxiliary wire block
for "test position" ( 1 0 plugs per blocks), ,_ _,J> key locks (1 single key)
instead of standard auxiliary wire-block 43795 1 set of 2 Profalux 42878
KS5 824 D4Z key locks
additional auxiliary wire-block
( 1 single key)
( 1 0 plugs per block) 41928
part n u m bers Compact mccb's C401 N/H/L
om
C401 N / H / L
.c
com Jete breaker... .. ....consistin of:
rating 2P 3P 4P
Compact C401 N
2t 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

fixed 0321 44663 44665 44667 44669 44671 = C401 N without release
)
FC 0401 44664 44666 44668 44670 44672 2P 44660 3P 44661 4P 44662
+ type 0 release (here under)
fixed 0321 44693 44695 44697 44699 44701 = C401 N fixed FC
ls
ll
RC 0401 44694 44696 44698 44700 44702 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
plug-in 0321 44719 44721 44723 44725 44727 = C401N fixed FC

FC 0401 44720 44722 44724 44726 44728 + 1 set of plugs ( 1 ) per pole 44802
ua
RC + 1 plug-in base
FC/RC 2P 44809 3P 44810 4P 4481 1
+ 1 set of short term. shields 2P/3P 44829 4P 44830
Compact C401 H rating 3P 4P

3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
fixed 0321 44675 44677 44679 44681 = C401 H without release 3P 44673 4P 44674
an
FC + type 0 release (here under)
)
0401 44676 44678 44680 44682
fixed 0321 44703 44705 -" 44707 44709 = C401 H fixed FC

= "-'------''-''-'"-''--'- '-"
lt
RC o"'-.:.:".:-.-o'---'-'
-' '-'""o'-----1
-- + 1 set of rear connecti ons per pole 44800
0401 44704 447 6 44708 4471
tM
plug-in 0321 44729 44731 44733 44735 = C401 H fixed FC
FC 0401 44730 44732 44734 44736 + 1 set of plugs ( 1 ) per pole 44802
RC + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44810 4P 44811
rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
ar
fixed ="-'-- 68
4:-:
0321 ----'4'-' ,-: 44
: 5,__,_
-"6 7_4
8:.:_
,. .:.: 6.-o
4:.:-89
"-4'-' :-:9
-' 46 : 1,____--l
.,_. = C401L without release, with spacing supports
FC 3P 44683 4P 44684
)
0401 44686 44688 44690 44692
+ type 0 release (here under)
fixed ="-'-- ,_1'-'1'-"
47
0321 ----"4'-' -"7
44 1
__, 3__c4
.:.: 7-"
4..,_ 15 .._:: 47
4'-'
-:. ,_1,_.
7_--l = C401L fixed FC, with spacing supports

RC 0401 44712 44714 44716 44718 + 1 set of connections per pole 44839
lP
+ 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44800
plug-in 0321
="-'--- 4'-'
---' -:..:7
4'-'
73 -"7_..
44 3:.:-
9_4.:.: 7"-
4..,_41
'-44 74 ,.
-" :._:
_., 3.___--l
__ = C401L fixed FC with spacing supports
FC 0401 44738 44740 44742 44744 + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
RC , + 1 set of plugs(1 I per pole 44802
+ 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44810 4P 44811
ca
trip u nits Standard type D release Type P release :

rating 2P 3P 4P Trip unit for D C current (no thermal) with
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2 adjustable magnetics:
0321 44771 44773 44775 44777 44779 P1 : 800 to 1600 A P3: 2000 to 4000 A
P2: 1200 to 2500 A
tri
0401 44772 44774 44776 44778 44780

rating 3P 4P
Type MA release
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
P1 ____ ____
44783 44784._____
___c ____
rating 3P 4P ==
3! 3! P2 44785 44786
lec
MA321 44781 44782 P3 44787 44788
Characteristics : p. 32
.E
w
ww
Vi g lcompact mccb's
om
C401 N/H/L
(j) new
with Vi g irex RCD
.c
com lete breaker.. ... consisting of:
i r
Vigicompact C401 N R E M ". rating
4t 3t + N t2

-C -------------------- ------
J
d-----
-e
fix 321-------44
0 744
45 7
74
44 4
7
9 -44 51+-=
7 401 N fixed FC -
FC 0401 44746 44748 44750 44752 + 1 Vigi module
R EM401 I 400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
=
ls
fixed 0321 C401 N REM fixed FC
lJ.
0401
plug-In 0321
ua
FC to
RC 0401
Vigicompact C401 H R E M " rating
an
j
J
fixed 0321
FC 0401
fixed 0321
lJ.
RC to
0401
Vigicompact C401 L R EM '''

plug-in
FC
RC
0321
to
0401
rating
tM
ar
,.
d----03 1 -----------------------------
J
f
ix
_e_ 2
FC dt 0401
lP
fixed 0321
lJ.
RC to
0401
plug-in 0321
FC to
ca
RC 0401
with a Vigirex R CD =- U--,
+
+
tri
= .,.
and a separate
toroid
lec

fixed or release RH50 220/240 V 50040 I N 0 80 50107 (2 conductors)
plug-in (see page 220/240 v 50041 M N 0 120 50108 1 = 100 m 50136
(see page electrical inherent safety model
before) auxiliaries) RH53A 220/240 V 50082
380/41 5 V 50084
.E
w
ww
A ..,a; ... rioe: !:inrl r.ce sso ries page 87

part n u m bers Comgact mccb's
C400N/H/L ST
om
C400 N / H / L ST with ST control u nits
.c
Compact C400N ST rating 3P 4P
3! 3t 4t 3!+ N/2
)
fixed ST204S 44500 44501 44502 44503
FC

fixed ST204S 44506 44507 44508 44509 = C400N ST fixed FC
ls
ll
RC + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
g-In ST204S 44518 4451 9 44520 44521 = C400N ST fixed FC
ua
+ 1 set of plugs (t ) per pole 44802
with built-in solid state release
Compact C400H ST rating 3P 4P
'
an
3t 3t 4t 3t + N /2
)
fixed ST204S 44530 44531 44532 44533
r
FC

fixed ST204S 44536 44537 44538 44539 = C400H ST fixed FC
ll

g-in ST204S
tM
44548 44549 44550 44551 = C400H ST fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs t t l
+ 1 plug-in base FC/RC
+ 1 set of short term. shields
per pole 44802
3P 44810 4P 44811
3P 44829 4P 44830
ar
Compact C400L ST rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3!+ N/2
)
fixed ST204S 44560 44561 44562 44563
FC ST204S B__....:44
:..= 564
::...:....:. 8=.
..:.:2:::
... 44 8_44
.:=.=:5
56 =-.44
:..:28:::9
..: ::.:
lP
'---I
fixed ST204S
.:.:::.::...:.-=-
:::: .:: 44566 .::: ::._44567
.:..:..::. :..:::::
:: '-: 44568 :. :...44569
:..:.:::.: ....: ::.:::.:'---l
:..:
= C400L ST fixed with spacing supports
li
RC ST204 s s---44570 44290 44571 44291 + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
+ 1 set of rear connections per pole 44802
ca
plug-in ST204S 44572 44573 44574 44575 = C400L ST fixed FC with spacing supports
::::0-'C:: ---:-:-=:=:=-:-::=:':':---':-:-=:=--::;:::
FC ST204S-:: B 44576 44292 44577 44293 + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
RC + 1 set o f plugs t t ) 3P 44802
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
Vigicompact mccb ' s
om
C400N/H/L ST
Compact mccb's
C400N/H/L ST
with Vigirex R CD
.c
com lete breaker... .. . consistin ol:
rating 3P 4P
Vigicompact C400N ST R EM "" 4t
3t 3t 3t + N/2
6
v
fixed ST204S 44317 44318 44319 44320 - C400N ST fixed FC
)
FC + 1 Vigi module
REM401 /400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
fixed ST204S - C400N ST REM fixed FC
ls

g-in ST204S - C400N ST REM fixed FC

+ 1 set of plugs ( 1 ) 44802
ua
per pole
rating 3P 4P
Vigicompact C400H ST R E M "
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
'
r
fixed ST204S 44321 44322 44323 44324 - C400H ST fixed FC
an
)
FC + 1 Vigi module
REM401 /400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
fixed ST204S C400H ST REM fixed FC

g-in ST204S C400N ST REM fixed FC
tM
+ 1 set of plugs ( 1 ) per pole 44802
rating 3P 4P
Vigicompact C400L ST R E M '
3t 3t + N/2
'
3t 4t
r
ar
fixed ST204S 44325 44326 44327 44328 - C400L ST fixed FC with spacing supports
FC
S
T20S
4B ---=-- + 1 Vigi module

-----=----

R EM401 I400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
- C400L ST REM fixed FC with spacing supports
.
+ 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
lP

plug-in ST204S - C400L ST REM fixed FC with spacing supports
FIuG
FC ST204SB + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
RC -----------------i + 1 set of plugs ( 1 ) per pole 44802
ca

Compact C400N/H/L ST
+
()
+ +
llili
and a separate =
toroid
tri
,_.,....,
Compact voltage Vigirex RCD toroidal sensors shielded wire
fixed or release RH50 220/240 v 50040 I N 0 80 50107 (2 conductors)
plug-in (see page 220/240 v 50041 MN 0 120 50108 1 = 100 m 50136
lec
(see previous electrical inherent safety model

page) auxiliaries)
RH53A 220/240 V 50082
380/41 5 V 50084
.E
w
ww
p a rt n u mbers Visucompact mccb's
C401 N/H/L and
om
C401 N / H / L and C400 N / H / L ST C400N/H/L ST
.c
com lete breaker... ...consistin of:
rating 3P 4P
Visucompact C401 W' 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
fixed 0321 = C401 N fixed FC
J
0401
fixed 0321 = Vlsucompact C401 N fixed FC
ls
0401
ua
rating 3P 4P
Visucompact C400N ST"" 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
)
fixed ST204S = C400N ST fixed FC
FC + 1 Visu module V400 3P 44410 4P 4441 1
an
fixed ST204S = Vlsucompact C400N ST fixed FC
FC + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
rating 3P 4P
earth leakage
tM
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
t-
Visucompact
J
fixed 0321 = Vlsucompact C401 N fixed FC
C401 N R EM '' FC to + 1 Vigi module
0401 REM401/400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
fixed 0321
RC to
ar
0401
rating 3P 4P
earth leakage 3t3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
J
Visucompact fixed =.:=:_:::___-=..
ST204S ___:::__
_..::.
_ . _::=----J = Vlsucompact C400N ST fixed FC/RC
C400N ST R E M " FC + 1 Vigi module
lP
REM401/400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
fixed ST204S
RC
ca
auxiliaries and accessories auxiliary double-throw switch OF standard or CAM early break depending on mounting 42906
specific to the Vlsucompact 2 OF
earthing switch for neutral in open position (compulsory if the transformer neutral
locking of the Visu module :::by

L 3-'po::a:=
. -:: ccc:k._,_(n
lo:..:
dc.: "'o:c:t-=s:.:u:.cpl"'
p<=- ) --
ie:.:d"- ilt::_-l:o.:
--------=b:.::u.::. n
in open position by Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 (supp,-- lied) 41940
tri

terminal shields for Visucompact long terminal shields for FC (1 set) 3 P 44833 4 P 44832
connection same as fixed Compact C401N or C400N ST (p. 87)
lec

AC 50/60 Hz DC
adaptable motor mechanism
V) (V)
1401 /400 1 1 0/127(1 ) 44975 241 1 ) 44970
.E
220/2401 1 ) 44976 48/6011) 44971

380/41512) 44977 1 1 0/12011) 44972
440/48012) 44978 220/2501 1 ) 44973
w
AC 50/60 Hz DC
adaptable motor mechanism
(V) (V)
TS401/400 1 10/12711) 44984 1 10/12511) 44982
220/24011 ) 44985
ww
accessories for motor mechanism S O E alarm switch 44906

sealable cover 42974
locking of the motor mech. 11l by 1 key lock (not supplied} 44876
(1) Direct supply motor mechanism. (3) Not used for ATS.
(2) Motor mechanism supplied through an additional * Note: the marks indictj:lo th!lt +h"' -.. --L
resistor:
T400/630 R0/.d1 .C:: \I .. ......-
Compact mccb ' s C401 N/H/l
om
and C400N/H/l ST :
.c
electrical auxiliaries direct rotary handle cut-out grommet lor door
Q
with black toggle 44820 Compact fixed or plug-in
red toggle 44847 without motor mechanism 44938
watertight escutcheon 44940 with motor mechanism 43745
L!
extended rotary handle
for toggle (IP43) 44965
ls
)
voltage release (for remote tripping)
front door mounting
MX (shunt trip)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC short shaft 44821
( = 44820 + 42882)
long shaft 44835
ua
44910
48/60 4491 1
( = 44820 + 42884)
rear door mounting for plug-in Compact 43816
1 10/130 44912
short shaft 44837 sealable terminal shields
220/300 4491 3
( = 44820 + 42889)
380/480 44914 short term. shields 2P/3P 44829
long shaft 44840
!
MN (undervoltage release) 4P 44830
- &
( = 44820 + 42897)
AC DC long term. shields 2P/3P 44831
an
50 Hz
without door locking 4P 44832
(V) (V)
front door mounting protective shield 2P /3P /4P 44836
48 4491 9 24 44923 short shaft 44828 for elug-in base
( = 44820 + 45853)
1 10/1 30 44925 30 4491 7
connection (see p. 6 1 )
220/240 44926 48 44924
380/41 5 44932 1 10/130 44925 accessories lor converting direct rotary connectors lor bare cables
tM
250 44926 handle to extended handle single connector per pole 44813
300 44932
for 1 cable 7fY" .;; S .;; 30fY"
AC 60 Hz
42882 for 2 cables 7fY" .;; S .. 240"
(V)
angle terminals
1 10/127 44925
220/240 44926 rear door mounting for fixed FC
ar
short shaft 42889
version per pole 44815
440 44649 (long terminal shields
MN (with time delay relay) long shaft 42897 compulsory)
220 V AC 50/60 Hz without door locking
= MN 1 10/1 30 V DC 44925 short shaft 45853
+ time delay relay
lP
250/700 ms + 44930
for fixed FC or 3P 44841
auxiliary wire block (see guantit}' !:' 55) plug-in FC/RC version 4P 44842
shaft bracket
...
moving eart
for short shaft 42868
short wires 3 term. 42942 (always included on rotary
for types N/H 6 term. 42943 handles with long shaft)
ca
44960
long wires 3 term. 42944 spare parts
for type L locking by eadlocks or key lock
6 term. 42945 cover 2P/3P/4P
of the rotary handle
fixed eart (circuit-breaker in OFF position)
for all types 3 term. 42940
by 3 padlocks
6 term. 42941 (not supplied) built-in
tri
eack of 24 female clies 42946 1 Ronis ke}' lock 1351 .500 41940
1 Profalux key lock toggle extension 44964
accessories KS5 B24 D4Z 42888
'
chassis lor elug-ln CB of the toggle
for Compact without motor mechanism (in OFF position)
lec
401N/H or 3P 44892 b}' 3 padlocks (not supplied) 44936

400N/H ST 4P 44893 black toggle for:
plug-in FC/RC rotary handle 44846
C401L or 3P 44894 Visu module
C400L ST 4P 44895 V400/630 45858
plug-in FC/RC
for Compact with motor mechanism 44826
.E
C401 N/H or 3P 44896

C400N/H ST 4P 44897
plug-in FC/RC
C401 L or 3P 44898
C400L ST 4P 44899
key locks Interlocking
plug-in FC/RC (for breakers with rotary handle)
horizontal chassis: consult us
'll!'o.
1 set of 2 Ronis 1 351 .500 41950
auxiliaries seeclflc to the chassis key locks (1 single ke}')
"""4JJ;Q,_.;;j >
w
auxiliary switches: 1 set of 2 Profalux 42878

indicator for draw-out eosition 39965 KS5 B24 D4Z key locks
indicator for draw-in position 39966 ( 1 single key)
locking in draw-out position with 1 key lock sealing accessories
ww
(supplied) Ronis 1 35 1.500 41929 for release, adjustment, 44937

Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z 41930 cover
locking in draw-in and draw-out position with for ST release 44587
-
with 1 ke}' lock (supplied) Ronis 1 351 .500 41947 circuit label holder
Profalux KS5 B24 GAZ 41948 pack of 10 42976
watertight escutcheon for manual operation
through the door 44904
.. . ,, __ . .
disconnectable auxiliary wire block for
__
1 1 () nllln ,; ner block),
part n u m bers Compact mccb's C630N/H/L
om
with type D trip u nit
C630 N / H / L
(i) new
.c
com lete breaker... . . . consisting of:
rating 3P 4P
C o mpact C630N
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
fixed 0321 = C630N without release 3P 45002 4P 45003
)
FC 0401 Ul 45015 45019 45023 + type 0 release (here under)
0500 45016 45020 45024 45028
0630 45017 45021 45025 45029
ls
fixed 0321 = C630N fixed FC
RC 0401 Ul 45035 45039 45043 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
0500 45036 45040 45044 45048

0630 45037 45041 45045 45049
ua
plug-in 0321 = C630N fixed FC
FC 0401 Ul 45075 45079 45083 + 1 set of plugs ! 1 l per pole 44802
RC + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44810 4P 4481 1
0500 45076 45080 45084 45088
0630 45077 45081 45085 45089
Compact C630H rating 3P 4P
an
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
fixed 0321 = C630H without release 3P 45102 4P 45103
)
FC 0401 Ul 451 1 5 451 19 45123 + type 0 release (here under)
0500 451 16 45120 45124 45128
0630 451 1 7 45121 45125 45129

fixed 0321 = C630H fixed FC
tM
RC 0401 Ul 45135 45139 45143 + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
0500 45136 45140 45144 45148

0630 45137 45141 45145 45149
plug-in 0321 = C630H fixed FC
FC 0401 Ul 45175 45179 45183 + 1 set of plugs ! 1 l per pole 44802
RC + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44810 4P 448 1 1
0500 45176 45180 45184 45188
ar
+ 1 set of short term. shield 3P 44829 4P 44830
0630 45177 45181 45185 45189
Compact C630L rating 3P 4P

3t 4t 3t + N/2
0
3t
j
fixed 0321 = C630L without release, with spacing supports
lP
J
FC 0401 Ul 45215 45219 45223 3P 45202 4P 45203
+ type release (here under)
0500 45216 45220 45224 45228
0630 45217 45221 45225 45229
fixed 0321 = C630L fixed FC, with spacing support
RC 0401 Ul + 1 set of connections for support per pole 44839
ca
45235 45239 45243

0500 45236 45240 45244 45248
0630 45237 45241 45245 45249

plug-in 0321 = C630L fixed FC with spacing support
FC 0401 Ul 45275 45279 45283 + 1 set of connections for support per pole 44839
RC + 1 set of plugs!1) per pole 44802
0500 45276 45280 45284 45288
+ 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44810 4P 4481 1
tri
0630 45277 45281 45285 45289 + 1 set of short term. shields 3P 44829 4P 44830
trip u n its Standard type 0 release Type P release:

rating 3P 4P Trip unit for DC current (no thermal) with adjustable
lec
& & M & + Nn magnetics:

44773 44775 44777 44779 P1 : 800 to 1600 A P3: 2000 to 4000 A
44774 44776 44778 44780
P2: 1200 to 2500 A P4: 3200 to 6300 A
0500 45315 45319 45323 45327 4P
rating 3P
0630 45316 45320 45324 45328 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
P1 44783 44784
Type MA release P2 44785 44786
.E
rating 3P 4P P3 44787 44788

3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2 P4 44789 44790
MA500 45360 45364
Characteristics : p. 32
w
ww
Vigicompact mccb's
C630N/H/L
om
Compact mccb's C630N/H/L
with Vigirex R C D
.c
complete breaker... consisting of:
Visucompact C630N REMlf rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

fixed 0321 Ul - C630N fixed FC
FC 0401 Ul 45400 45404 45408 + 1 Vigi module
J
0500 45401 45405 45409 45413 REM401/400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
0630 45402 45406 45410 45414
ls
fixed 0321 Ul - C630N REM fixed FC
RC 0401 Ul + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
0500
ua
and
0630
plug-in 0321 Ul - C630N REM fixed FC
FC to + 1 set of plugs l 1 1 per pole 44802
RC 0630 + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44817 4P 44818
an
rating 3P 4P
Visucompact C630H REM* 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

fixed 0321 Ul = C630H fixed FC
FC 0401 Ul 45387 45388 45389 + 1 Vigi module
J
0500 45391 45392 45393 45394 REM401/400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
0630 45395 45396 45397 45398
fixed
RC
ll
0321 Ul
0401 Ul
0500
and
0630

tM

- C630H REM fixed FC
ar
plug-in 0321 Ul - C630H REM fixed FC
FC 0401 Ul + 1 set of plugsl 1 I per pole 44802
RC
0500
and + 1 set of short term. shields 3P 44829 4P 44830
lP
0630
Visucompact C630L REM* rating 3P 4P

3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

fixed 0321 Ul = C630L fixed FC with spacing supports
FC 0401 Ul + 1 Vigi module
ca
45420 45424 45428
J
0500 45421 45425 45429 45433
REM401 /400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
0630 45422 45426 45430 45434
fixed 0321 Ul - C630L REM fixed FC, with spacing supports

RC 0401 Ul + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
tri
0500

and
0630
plug-in 0321 Ul - C630L REM fixed FC with spacing supports
FC 0401 Ul + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
lec

RC 0500
+ 1 set of plugs l 1 1 per pole 44802
and + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44817 4P 44818
0630 + 1 set of short term. shields 3P 44829 4P 44830
Compact C630N/H/L
with a Vigirex RCD
+
.E
and a separate
toroid
Compact voltage Vlgirex RCD toroidal sensors shielded wire

fixed or release RH50 220/240 V 50040 IN 0 80 50107 (2 conductors)
plug-in (see page 220/240 v 50041 1 = 1 00 m 50136
(see previous electrical M N 0 1 20 50108
page) auxiliaries)
RH53A 220/240 V 50082
w
380/415 v 50084
ww

n"ne 17
p a rt n u m bers Compact mccb's
C630N/H/L ST
om
C630 N / H / L ST with ST control unit
.c
com tete breaker ... ... consistin of:
Compact C630N ST rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
J
fixed ST204S 45500 45501 45502 45503
FC
ls
fixed ST204S 45506 45507 45508 45509 = C630N ST fixed FC
ll
g-In ST204S 45518 45519 45520 45521 = C630N ST fixed FC
ua
+ 1 set of plugs( 1l per pole 44802
with built-In solid state release
Compact C630H ST rating 3P 4P

3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
an
J
fixed ST204S 45530 45531 45532 45533
FC
ll
fixed ST204S 45536 45537 45538 45539 = C630H ST fixed FC
tM
g-In ST204S 45548 45549 45550 45551 = C630H ST fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs( 1 l per pole 44802
rating 3P 4P
ar
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
Ill
J
,.
fixed ST204S 45561 45562 45563 45564
FC ST204SB 45560 45590 45565 45591
lP
fixed ST204S 45566 45567 45568 45569 = C630L ST fixed FC with spacing supports
ll
RC ST204SB 45570 45592 44571 45593 + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
plug-In ST204S 45572 45573 45574 45575 = C630L ST fixed FC with spacing supports
FC -
S 4S
T20B--
45576 45578 44577 45579 + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
ca
-
RC + 1 set of plugs(1 l per pole 44802
+ 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 4481 0 4P 4481 1
with built-In solid state release
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
Vigicompact C630N/H/L ST
om
with Vigirex RCD
.c
com lete breaker ... .. . consisting of:
i i
Vigicompact C630N ST R E M " rating

4t 3t + Ni2
------------------------------------------------------
J
ed ST204S 45437 45438 45439 45440 = C630N ST fixed FC
+ 1 Vigi module
REM401 /400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431

fixed ST204S = C630N ST REM fixed FC
--==-...---=----_..,:...__ -J
ls
:::.="-'
.:c :...--
.. --...=.--
. ...
RC , + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
plug-in -S
-cc ____
T2=-=0:.c4-=
S --.: :..-.__.=
=-.__...: :...__
... :...__
.= ... -J = C630N ST REM fixed FC
FC , - + 1 set of plugs l1 l per pole 44802
ua
Vigico mpact C630H ST R E M " rating 3P 4P

3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
an
45441 45442 45443 45444 = C630H ST fixed FC
+ 1 Vigi module
REM401 /400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431

ST204S = C630H ST REM fixed FC
tM
plug-in -- ST204S = C630H ST REM fixed FC

FC + 1 set of plugs l 1 l per pole 44802
RC . + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44817 4P 44818
Vigicompact C630L ST R E M " rating 3P 4P

3t
ar
3t 4t 3t + N/2
ST204S 45445 45446 45447 45448 = C630L ST fixed FC with spacing supports
ST204SB + 1 Vigi module
REM401/400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
ST204S = C630L ST REM fixed FC, with spacing supports
li"
lP
ST204SB + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839

plug-in ST204S = C630L ST REM fixed FC with spacing supports
FC .. ST204SB + 1 set of connections for supports per pole 44839
-=.=____...=.__ __ ----==------J + 1 set of plugs I 1 l
RC .:::c=-::.c
c . .-..::..-.
: 3P 44802
ca
+ plug-in base FC/RC 3P 44817 4P 44818

a n d a separate
tri
toroid
Vigirex RCD toroidal sensors shielded wire

lec
Compact voltage
fixed or release RH50 220/240 V 50040 IN 080 50107 (2 conductors)
plug-in (see page 220/240 v 50041 MN 0 1 20 50108 I = 100 m 50136
(see previous electrical inherent safety model
page) auxiliaries)
RH53A 220/240 V 50082
380/415 v 50084
.E
w
ww

n:lne 17
p a rt n u m bers Visucompact mccb's
C630N/H/L
om
C630 N / H / L and C630 N / H / L ST and C630N/H/L ST
CD new
.c
complete breaker... ...consisting of:
rating 3P 4P
Visucompact C630N
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

fixed 0321 11> = C630N fixed FC
)
0630
fixed 0321 11> = Visucompact C6300N fixed FC
ls
0630
ua
rating 3P 4P
Visucompact C630N ST" 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

fixed ST204S = C630N ST fixed FC
an
)
FC + 1 Visu module V630 3P 45385 4P 45386
fixed ST204S = Visucompact C630N ST fixed FC

rating 3P 4P
earth leakage
tM
3t 3t 4t 3t+ N/2

J
Visucompact fixed 0321 11> = Visucompact C630N fixed FC
C630N R EM " FC to + 1 Vigi module REM400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
0630
fixed 0321 11>
RC to
ar
0630
rating 3P 4P
earth leakage 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

Visucompact
J
fixed ST204S = Visucompact C630N ST fixed FC/RC
C630N ST R E M " FC + 1 Vigi module REM400/630 3P 44430 4P 44431
lP
fixed ST204S
RC
auxiliaries and accessories auxiliary double-throw switch OF standard or CAM earl break depending on mounting 42906
ca
specific to the Visucompact 2 OF 47757

earthing switch for neutral in open position (compulsory if the transformer neutral
locking of the Visu module b 3 padlock (not supplied) built-in
in open position b Ronis ke)! lock 1351-500 (supelied) 41 940
tri
b Profalux ke;t lock KS5 824 04Z (supplied) 42888

or earth leakage Visucompact short terminal 3P 44834 4P 44830
connection same as fixed Compact
lec
Compact N l typ e (load break switches) page 1 1 2
automatic and manual s o urce changeover Compact page 1 01

AC 50/60 Hz DC
adaptable motor mechanism (V) (V)
T630
--[m
120/127(1 1 44975 24(1 1 44970

220/240( 1 1 44976 48/60 (1 1 44971
.E
380/415(21 44977 1 10/125(1 1 44972

'
440/480(2 1 44978 220/2501 1 1 44973
'
'
'
,_.-
AC 50/60 Hz DC
adaptable motor mecha n i s m
w
(V) (V)
TS630 1 1 0/127( 1 1 44984 1 10/1 25(11 44982
220/240(11 44985
accessories for motor mechanism SOE alarm switch 44906
ww
sealable cover 42974

locking of the motor mech.(1 1 by 1 key lock (not supplied) 44876
(1) Direct supply motor mechanism.

(2) Motor mechanism supplied through an additional
resistor:
T400/630 440/480 v 44978
' -- - -
T400/630 220/?40 II .U07
Compact mccb's
C630N/H/L
om
and C630N/H/L ST:
'
.c
electrical auxiliaries direct rotary handle cut-out grommet for door
with black toggle Compact fixed or plug-in
44820
red toggle without motor mechanism 44938
1 OF + 1 SO
44847
watertight escutcheon with motor mechanism
44900
44940 43745
30F+1SD----44901
1 CAM (for rotary handle 44827
or Visu module)

for toggle (IP43)
voltage release (for remote tripping)
44965
front door mounting
ls
MX (shunt trip)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC short shaft 44821
(VL ( = 44820 + 42882)
long shaft
) _________________
. 44835
24------44910 ( = 44820 + 42884)
ua
48/60
rear door mounting
44911
1 1 0/130 for plug-in Compact

short shaft 44837
44912 43816
220/300 44913
( = 44820 + 42889)
380/480 short term. shields 2P/3P
....
long shaft
44914 44829
MN (undervoltage release) 4P
44840
r
( = 44820 + 42897) 44830
long term. shields 2P/3P
AC 50 Hz DC 44831
(V) (VCL
) _______ 4P
an
"
f'i\
front door mounting
44832
protective shield 2P/3P/4P
itll & short shaft 44828
44836
48 24 for plug-in base
( = 44820 + 45853)
44919 44923
1 1 0/ 1 30 44925 30 44917
220/240 44926 48 44924 connectio n (see p. 61)
380/41 5 44932 1 1 0/ 1 30 44925 acce$sories for converting direct rotary connectors for bare cables
250 single connector per pole 44813
tM
handle to extended handle
for 1 cable 7Cf' ..: S ..: 30Cf'
44926
300
44932
short shaft for 2 cables 7Cf' ..: S ..: 24Cf'

AC 60 Hz
42882
(V)
1 1 0/127 44925 long shaft 42884 angle terminals
220/240 44926 rear door mounting for fixed FC
short shaft version per pole 44815
440
ar
(long terminal shields
44649 42889
MN (with time delay relay) long shaft 42897

compulsory)
220 V AC 50/60 Hz without door locking
= MN 1 1 0/130 V DC 44925 short shaft 45853
+ time delay relay
250/700 ms
spreader
lP
for fixed FC or 3P
+ 44930
auxiliary wire block (see quantity p. 55)
44841
shaft bracket plug-in FC/RC version 4P 44842
for short shaft

.-1 short wires 3 term. 42942 rt----
movingJpa (always included on rotary
42868
for types N/H 6 term. 42943 handles with long shaft)

long wires 3 term.
ca
42944
spare parts
for type L 6 term.
locking by padlocks or key lock
42945
of the rotary handle cover 2P/3P/4P 44960
fixed part (circuit-breaker in OFF position)
for all types 3 term. 42940
by 3 padlocks
6 term. 42941 (not supplied) built-in
pack of 24 female clips 1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 41940
tri
42946
1 Profalux key lock 42888 toggle extension
KS5 824 042
44964
accessories
'
chassis for plug-in CB of the toggle
for Compact without motor mechanism (in OFF position)
C630N/H or
3._ P______:::44 by 3 padlocks
lec
black toggle for:

= 89
2
C630N/H ST 4P (not supplied) 44936
rotary handle
44893
plug-in FC/RC 44846
C630L or 3P 44894 Visu module
C630L ST 4P 44895 V400/630 45858
plug-in FC/RC
for Compact with motor mechanism
C630N/H or .::
3P .:___
__ __:44
.E
:.= 89
::.::
6 44826
C630N/H ST 4P 44897
plug-in FC/RC
C630L or 3P 44898
C630L ST 4P 44899
plug-in FC/RC
horizontal chassis: consult us
1 set o f 2 Ronis 1351 .500

auxiliaries specific to the chassis 41950
auxiliary switches: --_,i]> key locks ( 1 single key)
w
indicator for draw-out position 39965 1 set of 2 Profalux 42878

indicator for draw-in position 39966 KS5 824 042 key locks
locking in draw-out position with 1 key lock (1 single key)
( supplied Ronis 1351 .500 41 929 sealing accessories
ww
Profalux KS5 824 042 41 930 for release, adjustment, 44937

locking in draw-in and draw-out position with cover
1 key lock (supplied) for ST release 44587
Ronis 1 351 .500 41947 circuit label holder
Profalux KS5 824 GA2 41948 pack of 1 0 42976
watertight escutcheon for manual operation
through the door 44904
rlir. nnnectable auxiliary wire bloc for
.
part n u m bers Compact C801 N/H/L
with ST control u nit
om
C801 N / H / L ST and C 1 001 N / H / L ST
4D new
.c
com lete breaker... ... consistin of:
Compact C801 N (i) rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2

)
fixed STR 25 DE 46600 46601 46602 46603 = C801 N without control unit 3P 46101 4P 46102
FC + STR 25 DE control unit (see p. 96)
+ neutral CT for 4P 4t 46220
or for 4P 3t + N/2 46223
fixed STR 25 DE = C801 N complete fixed FC
ls
RC + rear connections 1 piece 46958
= C801 N complete fixed FC( 1 J

moving chassis 3P 46824 4P 46825
ua
46630 46631 46632 46633 +
ads + fixed chassis 3P 46820 4P 46821
+ pads flat 1 piece 46990
46660 46661 46662 46663 or edgewise 1 piece 46988
+ 1 set of plugs per pole 46896
+ 1 set of short terminal shields 3P 46993 4P 46992
Compact C801 H (i) rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t+ N/2
an

)
fixed STR 25 DE 46605 46606 46607 46608 = C801 H without trip unit 3P 46104 4P 46105
or for 4P 3t + N/2 46223
fixed STR 25 DE = C801 H complete fixed FC
ads
tM
46635 46636 46637 46638
46665 46666 46667 46668

= C801H complete fixed FC ( l l
+ moving chassis
+ fixed chassis
+ pads
+ 1 set of plugs
flat
or edgewise
per pole
3P 46824 4P
3P 46820 4P
1 piece
1 piece
46825
46821
46990
46988
46896
ar
rating 3P 4P
Compact C801 L G) 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
t-
)
fixed STR 25 DE 46690 46691 46692 46693 = C801 L without control unit 3P 461 19 4P 46120
lP

or for 4P 3t + N/2 46223
fixed STR 25 DE = C801L complete fixed FC
RC + rear connections flat 1 piece 46916
or edgewise 46913
ca
='--"'=-----1 = C801L complete fixed FC ( l l

46695 46696 46697 46698 + moving chassis 3P 46824 4P 46825
ads + fixed chassis 3P 46822 4P 46823
tri
1 set of short terminal shields 3P 46993 4P 46992

lec
.E
w
ww
Compact C1 001 N/H/L
with ST control u nits
om
(j) new
.c
com lete breaker... . .. consistin of:
Comp act C1 001 N (i) rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
i
)
fixed STR 25 DE 46610 4661 1 46612 46613 = C1 001 N without control unit 3P 46107 4P 46108
t:J
or for 4P 3t + N/2 46223
ls
fixed STR 25 DE = C1001 N complete fixed FC
drawout flat pads = C1001 N complete fixed FC l 1 l

RC STR 25 DE 46640 46641 46642 46643 + moving chassis 3P 46824 4P 46825
ua
universal
. edgewise pads + fixed chassis 3P 46820 4P 46821
chaSSIS + pads flat 1 piece 46990
STR 25 DE 46670 46671 46672 46673 or edgewise 1 piece 46988
Comp act C1 001 H (i) rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
an
fixed STR 25 DE 4661 5 46616 46617 4661 8 = C1 001 H without control unit 3P 46104 4P 46105
t:J
or for 4P 3t + N/2 46223
fixed STR 25 DE = C1001 H complete fixed FC
drawout
RC
univer;5al
chaSSIS
flat pads
STR 25 DE
edgewise pads
STR 25 DE tM
46645 46646 46647 46648
46675 46676 46677 46678

= C1 001 H complete fixed FC l 1 1
+
+
+
moving chassis
fixed chassis
pads
+ 1 set o"t plugs
flat
or edgewise
per pole
3P 46824 4P 46825
3P 46820 4P 46821
1 piece 46990
1 piece 46988
46896
ar
C o m pact C1 001 L (i) rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
)
fixed STR 25 DE 46705 46706 46707 46708 = C1001 L without control unit 3P 461 12 4P 46123
lP
t:J
or tor 4P 3t + N/2 46223
fixed STR 25 DE = C1 001 L complete fixed FC
RC + rear connections flat 1 piece 46916
or ed ewise 46913
ca
drawout flat pads = C1001L complete fixed FC l 1 l

RC STR 25 DE 46710 46711 46712 46713 + moving chassis 3P 46824 4P 46825
universal
edgewise pads + fixed chassis 3P 46822 4P 46823
_
chaSSIS pads flat 1 piece 46990
+
STR 25 DE 46715 46716 46717 46718 or edgewise 1 piece 46988
+ 1 set of plugs per pole 4691 5
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
oaae 17
p a rt n u m bers Compact mccb's C1251 N/H ST
ST control for C801 N/H/L ST
om
C801 N / H / L to C1 251 N / H to C1 251 N/H ST
4D new
remote control
.c
com lete breaker... . .. consistin of:
rating 3P 4P
Compact C 1 251 N ST Ul
3t 3t 4t 3t + N12
j
)
fixed STR 25 DE 46620 46621 46622 46623 = C1251N without control unit 3P 461 1 3 4P 461 14
FC + STR 25 DE control unit (see below)
or for 4P 3t + N/2 46223
fixed STR 25 DE = C1251N complete fixed FC
ls
= C1251N complete fixed FC I 1 1
ua
+ fixed chassis 3P 46820 4P 46821
ads
rating 3P 4P
Compact C 1 251 H ST Ul
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
an
J
fixed STR 25 DE 46625 46626 46627 46628 = C1251H without control unit 3P 46116 4P 461 17
FC + STR 25 DE control unit (see below)
or for 4P 3t + N/2 46223
fixed STR 25 DE = C1251H complete fixed FC
tM
=c...r:o=---1 = C1251H complete fixed FC I 1 1
ads
ar
C801 /C1001 /C1251 ST U) Circuit breakers without release

(fixed front connections)
without release C801 N 3P 46101 C 1 00 1 N 3P. 46107 C1251N 3P 461 13
ST control u nits C80 1 N 4P 46102 C 1 00 1 N 4P 46108 C 1 25 1 N 4P 46114
lP
C-'-
"' 80 H:___3
. 1-=-.
::.c ::.:P -' 6-"
4'-= 1O 4
:.,c C1 001 H 3P 461 1 0 C 1 25 1 H 3P 461 16
,---
C
-:: ,-_1:.-_
80 4P
H.:___c .___- 6:_:_
4'-" 1=05 C 1 001 H 4P 461 1 1 C 1 25 1 H 4P 461 1 7
C-=-
-= 80
-c-1cc 3P --
l=----=- 6..c
4'-= 1=19 C 1 00 1 L 3P 46122

C80 1 L 4P 46120 C 1 00 1 L 4P 46123
to complete with : ST TRIP units...
ca
Basic offer Evolutive option offer

STR 25 DE 46500 ST 5"-
5 ..:=
U-=: 46520
E__,F::-'C-
=R
STR 25 DE f-s 46501 STR 55 UE RFC 46522
STR 35 SE 46504 STR 55 UE TFC 46524
STR 35 ME 46505 STR 55 UE TRFC 46525
46506 STR 45 BE C 46527
tri
STR 35 GE
STR 55 UE 46512 STR 45 BE RC 46528
Integrated oetion offer STR 45 BE TC 46529
STR 55 UE RF 46516 STR 45 BE TRC 46530
STR 55 UE TRF 46517 Zone sel. i nterlock Z 46485(2)
lec
.E
w
ww
Compact C801 N/H/L ST
om
to C1 251 N/H ST:
remote control
Compact C801 N/H/L ST
to C1 251 N / H ST
with Vigi rex RCD
.c
Compact
and a separate =
toroid
ls
fixed or release RH50 220/240 V 50040 MN 0 1 20 50108 (2 conductors)
plug-in (see page I = 100 m 50136
220/240 v 50041 SN 0 200 50109
(see above) electrical
ua
auxiliaries)
RH53A 2201240 V 50082
380/415 v 50084
automatic a n d manual source changeover Compact page 99
an
AC 50/60 Hz DC
adaptable motor mechanism (V) (V)
T801 to T1251 1 10/127( 1 1 46928 24( 1 1 46917
220/240( 1 1 46929 48160(1 1 46918
380/41 5(2 1 46930 1 1 0/ 1 25 ( 1 1 46919
440/480(21 46931 220/250( 1 1 46920
adaptable motor m echanism

AC 50/60 Hz
(V)
tM DC
(V)
ar
TS801 to TS1 251 1 1 0/127( 1 1 46876 1 1 0/ 1 25 ( 1 1 46874
220/240( 1 1 24/30(1 1 46879
Accessories for motor mechanism SDE alarm switch 46962
sealable cover (consult us)
lP
locking of the motor mech. ( 1 ) by 1 key lock (not supplied) 44876

Ronis 1351 .500 A or Profalux KSS 824 042
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
p art n u m bers Compact mccb's
C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST
om
C801 N / H / L ST to C1 251 N / H ST auxiliaries, accessories
(j) new
.c
rJ. -:[
electrical auxiliaries accessories key locks interlocking
:::;
(tor breakers with rota handle and
auxiliary switches withdrawable breakers)
44900 46933 1 set of 2 key locks 41950
----------- Ranis 1 351 .500 (1 key only)
-
1 C A M fo r rota handle 1 set of 2 key locks 42878
orVis=umodule)---- Profalux KS5 824 D4Z
( 1 key only)
ls
double-throw micro-switches
"plugged-in" position 46963 sealing accessories
"withdrawn" position 46964 /1 for release, adjustment 46939
voltage releases (for remote tripping) short shaft 46935
\ cover 44937
circuit label-holder
ua
MX (shunt trip) =
( 46933 + 42882)
AC 50/60 Hz or DC (V) set of 1 0 42976
long shaft 46937
24 44910 ( = 46933 + 42884)
48/60 4491 1 rear door mounting
door cut-out grommet
1 10/130 44912 short shaft 46871
tor fixed breaker 44938
220/300 44913 ( = 46933 + 42889)
an
380/480 44914 long shaft 46872
( = 46933 + 42897)
...
AC 50 Hz DC
(V) (V)
7J_ sealable terminal shields
....
48 44919 24 ____ 4
c-:
4:c:c
923
short shaft 46938 short :c
3P c.________ -'-
46 99.::
3
=
( 46933 + 45853) ":
1 10/130 44925 30 44917 ( 1 line side 4P 46992
22::_:0:./2 __ . 0 -'4
:.:=.4:_:: 49
=-:26 4c:;
4::_;
92 4 or load side)
tM
::: = -"
48==----c
---c -- ::.:'
380/4 _15___4 _3
49 2 1 10/130 44925 long 3P ______
46
-c- 9-::
:-:9:-:9
accessories for converting direct rotary ':-=--
250 44926 handle to extended handle ( 1 line side 4P 46995
300 44932
or load side)
AC 60 Hz (V) connection (see p. 62)
1 10/127 44925 short shaft 42882
connectors for 4 Cu or AI cables
ar
220/240 44926 long shaft 42884
70 "' s "' 240
440 44649 rear door mounting
1 set with 3P 46960
MN (with time delay relay) short shaft 42889
long terminal shield 4P 46994
220 V AC 50/60 Hz long shaft 42897 (line side or load side)
= MN 1 10/130 V DC 44925
+ time delay relay
lP
short shaft 45853

250/700 ms 44930
connection pads
auxiliary wire block (see quantity p. 55)
)b

moving part
short wires 3 term. 42942 shaft bracket
for types N/H for short shaft 42868
ca
6 term. 42943
long wire 3 term. 42944
(always included on rota
handles with long shaft) . , ..-.; r: for fixed RC Compact N/H
n
tor type L 6 term. 42945 edgewise pads 1 piece 46958
fixed part locking by padlocks or key lock
'
for fixed RC Compact L
for all types 3 term. 42940 of the rotary handle flat pads 1 piece 46916
6 term. 42941 (circuit-breaker in "OFF" position)
edegewise pads 1 piece 46913
tri
pack of 24 female clips 42946 by 3 padlocks (not supplied) built-in

complementary pads 46902
1 Ranis key lock 1 351 .500 41940 - for cables
1 Profalux key lock 42888
KS5 624 D4Z testing devices
tor withdrawable circuit-breaker testing kit 55651
lec
locking device for 1 or 2 46974

keylocks [ not supplied)
keylocks for locking in draw-out
testing unit 43362
position (free key)
1 keylock Ranis 1351 .500 41940
Profalux 42888
KS5 824 D4Z + adaptator for
STR control unit 46900
.E
1 set of 2 keylocks ( 1 key only)

Ranis 1 351 .500 41950 spare parts
Profalux 42878
cover 3P/4P 46997
KS 824 D4Z
keylocks for locking in draw-in
position (free key)
1 key Ranis 1 351 .500 41945
Profalux 42900
'
extended toggle : short 46998
KS5 824 D4Z
w
long 46996
of the toggle
(in "OFF" position)
by 3 padlocks (not supplied) 44936 black toggle for:
rotary handle 46970 m
ww
Visu module V800 47759

red toggle for:
mechanical interlocking rota handle 46971 m
(for fixed breakers with rota handle)
mechanical device 46946
Compact mccb's
om
C801 N/H/L ST to C1 251 N/H ST
standard chassis
(i) new
auxiliaries, accessories and
connections for draw-out
versions
.c
standard chassis for C801 N / H / L to C 1 251 N / H G)
ll
comf>lete chassis... ...to complete with:
3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
plug-in for C801N/H 46851 46853 46853 46853 1 C801 N/H/L or C1001N/H/L or 1 C1251 N/H FC/RC
FC for C1001 N/H + 1 set of plugs per pole 46896
RC for C1251 N/H 1 pads flat 1 piece 46990
ls
or edgewise 1 piece 46988
for C801 / 1 001L 46852 46854 46854 46854 + terminal shields (1 piece) 3P 46993 4P 46992
auxiliaries, accessories and connections specific to d raw-out versions
ua
std univ.
eWI
auxiliaries chassis chassis
auxiliary wire block (see quantity p. 55) moving part short wire (N/H types) 3 terms 42942 42942
6 terms 42943 42943
long wire (l type) 3 terms 42944 42944
6 terms 42945 42945
an
fixed part for all types 3 terms 42940 42940
6 terms 42941 42941
pack of 24 female clips 42946 42946
trip unit O!)tions wire block ( 1 0 wires)
moving part (long wire for N/H/L types) 46894 46894 IV
fixed part (for all types) 46893 46893 IV
.
connection set of auxiliaries ( replaces the standard auxiliary wire blocks)
< -
auxiliary switches
c
n
on ec n
tio t(
se 6w
tM
e
ir )
sL w h
it s2 ik
tr
additional connection set (6 wires)
er
ex e
tns n
io 46841
---------------------- ----
41928
46989
-
41928
ar
indicator for draw-out position 39965 46837
indicator for draw-in position 46963 46963
closing devices IP 20 for auxiliary wire block
1 set 39967 39967
lP
accessories
door frame for chassis (IP 40) 46830 Ul
door cut-out grommet (IP40) 46977
door frame with porthole and grommet for standard toggle 46831 46831 Ul
ca
door frame with porthole and grommet for rotary handle 46832 46832 IV
locking in draw-out position (lock supplied - 1 key)
Ronis 1 351 8 41929
Profalux KS5 824 D4Z 41930
locking in draw-in. out position (lock supplied - 1 key)
Ronis 1 35 1 A 41947
tri
Profalux KS5 824 G4Z 41948

locking for 1 or 2 locks Ronis or Profalux (not supplied) 46833 ij)
--1
door interlock 46834 IV
racking interlock 46835 IV

Castell locking (key lock not supplied) 46838 IV
lec
Kirk locking (key lock not supplied) 46836 IV

insulating shutter IP40 (1 unit) 46987 46987
key locks
1 key lock Ronis 1351 .500 (key free) 41940
Profalux KS5 824 D4Z (key free) 42888
1=- *
1 additional key lock R"-on
:cci=
s--' 35 .A
=1c.c.: 41945
:-------------------------------------=-
:..:=-
:...:.
CC. c'-c:-:c:-:c::c
Profalux KS5 824 G4Z* 42900
.E
(additional key lock enables to prevent locking by main key lock)

w
ww
p a rt n u m bers Visucompact mccb ' s
om
C801 N to C1 251 N
C801 N / H / L to C 1 251 N / H
.c
fixed Visucompact
com rete breaker... ...consistin of:
Visucompact C801 N ST" rating 3P 4P
6
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
,.
fixed = C801 N ST complete fixed FC (see page 94)
FC + Visu module V801
with intermediate cover 3P 46907 4P 46908
ls
without cover or accessories( 1 ) 3P 46940 4P 46941
ua
e.
an
Visucompact C 1 001 N Sr" rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
fixed = C1001H ST complete fixed FC (see page 95)
FC + Visu module V1251
without cover or accessories( 1 ) 3P 46942 4P 46943
tM
Visucompact C1 251 N ST" rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
j
fixed = C1251N ST complete fixed FC (see page 96)
FC + visu module V1251
without cover or accessories( 1 ) 3 P 46942 4 P 46943
ar
drawout Visucompact
Visucompact C801 N ST" rating 3P 4P
H
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
drawou flat pads = C801N ST fixed FC (see page 94)
RC + moving chassis 3P 46824 4P 46825
lP
edgewise pads
+ pads flat ( 1 piece) 46990
or edgewise ( 1 piece) 46988
+ 1 set of plugs (per pole) 46896
ca
+ door frame for chassis 46830

+ door frame for standard toggle 46831
or rotary handle 46832
+ insulatin shutter (1 unit) 46987
tt:J
Visucompact C 1 001 N ST rating 3P 4P
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
drawou flat pads = C1001N ST fixed FC (see page 95)
tri
RC edgewise eads + accessories: as C801 N (see above)
rating 3P 4P
H
Visucompact C1 251 N ST 3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2
lec
drawou flat eads = C1251N ST fixed FC (see page 96)

RC edgewise eads + accessories : as C801N (see above)
a u xil iaries, accessories and connections specific to the fixed Visucompact

auxiliary double-throw switch O F standard or CAM early break depending on mounting 42906
2 OF 47757
.E
locking of the Visu module in open by 3 padlocks (not supplied) buit-in

position by Ronis key lock 1351 -500 (supplied) 41940
by Profalux key lock KS5 824 042 (supplied) 42888
terminal shields for Visucompact line side (phase separators) 3P/4P 47756
load side 3P 46999 4P 46995
connection for Visucompact C801N line side, same as lnterpact IN1000 see page 111
load side, same as Compact C801 N see page 98
connection for Visucompact C1001 N line side, same as lnterpact IN1000
w
see page 111

load side, same as Compact C100 1 N page 98
connection for Visucompact C125 1 N line side, same a s lnterpact IN1600 see page 1 1 1
load side, same as Compact C 1 25 1 N see page 98
ww
(1 ) To mount the Vi hln,.. a,. .. - - - - ._ - '

part n u m b ers
om
with C1 01 to C 1 251 N / H / L
l l
.c
)--- ---- -v---- ---)-1

constitution N normal R replacemenl
Note:
the higher rating is always on the left,
I
l
automatiSm
on normal incoming ;
for Compact fixed FC, i t i s possible to
associate a type L with a type N/H by
using spacing supports which balance the
ls
load
difference of depth(4).
The automatic source changeover is
C250N + C250N
equipped with :
different types of breakers N, H or L;
ua
different ratings;
different trip unit (D, G, SA. .. ).
C 1 01 N / H / L - C 1 6 1 N / H / L

3P 4P Normal + relacement + accessories
j
fixed C101N/H/L C101N/H/L + 1 plate with interlocking 39815
llllf r:r lllll FC (see p. 70) ( see p. 70) + 2 remote control units
an
C161N/H/L C161N/H/L for C101 /N/H/L: T101 220/240 v 39851
llllf- r:r lllll

(see p. 74) (see p. 74) 380/415 v 39853
for C161 N/H/L: T161 220/240 v 40581
lllll- r:r lllll

380/41 5 v 40582
+ 1 automatism AC 50 Hz(2) 220 V 44888
240 v 44891
380 v 44889
tM
415 v 44890
+ raising accessory 42972

(case of C 1 6 1 L x C101 N/H/L)
C250 N / H / L '' 3P 4P Normal + relacement + accessories
j
fixed C250NfHfL(3) + C250N/Hfl + 1 plate with interlocking 43743
lllll- r:r lllll FC (see p. 78) (see p. 78) + 2 motor mechanisms T250
plug-in J
220/240 V(2l AC 50 Hz 2 x 43776
ar
+ 1 automatism AC 50 Hz 220 v 44888
fixed 240 v 44891
RC 380 v 44889
415 v 44890
-
lP
FC

RC
C401 /C400/C630N / H / L * 3P 4P Normal + re(!lacement + accessories
j
fixed C401N/H/LI3l + 1 plate with interlocking 43744
C630N/ H / L ST* + 1 motor mechanism T400/630
ca
FC (see p. 76)
J
= to + C250N/H/L 220/240 V(2l AC 50 Hz 44976
C630NIH/L ST(3l (see p. 78) + 1 motor mechanism T250
fixed (see p. 90) 220/240 V(2l AC 50 Hz 43776
g-in
RC + 1 automatism AC 50 Hz 220 v 44888
240 v 44891
380 v 44889
tri
415 v 44890

j
fixed C401 N/H/LI3l + C401 N/H/L + 1 plate with interlocking 44855
lec
J
FC (see p. 82) (see p. 82) + 2 motor mechanisms T400/630
= to + to 220/240 V(2) AC 50 Hz 2 x 44976
C630N/H/L ST(3l C630N/H/L ST + 1 automatism AC 50 Hz 220 v 44888
fixed (see p. 90) (see p. 90) 240 v 44891
g-in
RC 380 v 44889
415 v 44890
lt
.E
C801 N / H ST"

3P 4P Normal + re(!lacement + accessories
j
fixed C801 N/H ST C801N/H ST + 1 plate with interlocking 46947
C1 001 N / H ST'" + 2 motor mechanisms T801 / 1 001 / 1 251
FC (see p. 94) (see p. 94)
)
C 1 251 N / H ST'' or or 220/240 V(2) AC 50 Hz 2 x 46929
:::: C1001N/H ST + C1001N/H ST + 1 automatism AC 50 Hz 220 V 44888
fixed (see p. 95) (see p. 95) 240 v 44891
RC or or 380 v 44889
w
C1251 N/H ST C1251N/H ST 415 v 44890

(see p. 96) (see p. 96)
C801 L ST".

)
ww
fixed C801L ST C801L ST + 1 plate with interlocking 46947

C 1 001 L ST'" FC (see p. 94) (see p. 94) + 2 motor mechanisms T801f100 1 / 1 25 1
or or 220/240 V(2l AC 5 0 Hz 2 x 46929
--
C1001L ST + C1001L ST + 1 automatism AC 50 Hz 220 v 44888
fixed (see p. 95) (see p. 95) 240 v 44891
RC 380 v 44889
415 v 44890
...._ ___ I i+h tunP.

N or H
oaae 1 7
part n umbers
om
manual source changeover
with C 1 01 to C 1 251 N / H / L
.c
manual source changeover
with mechanical interlocking The manual source changeover with It is necessary to equip each breaker with
mechanical interlocking is composed of: a direct rotary handle, for mounting of the
1 mechanical interlocking device mechanism which interlocks the handles.
....
2 Compact breakers. The rating, the trip units and the number of
The Compact breakers are installed side by poles of the breakers can be different. On
ls
side, on panel or rails, without plate. the other hand, the versions (fixed, plug-in,
j
front or rear connected) must be identical.
3P 4P Normal replacement
)
C 1 01 to
ua
fixed C101 to C101 to + 1 mechanical interlocking 44826
C630N/H/L ;: FC = 630N/H/L + C630N/H/L + 1 direct rotary handle

(see p. 68 to 88) (see p. 68 to 88) per switch C101/C161 41310
C250 43820
fixed
C400/630 44820
RC
an
g-in
C801 to
j
)
fixed C801 to C801 to 1 mechanical interlocking 46946
tM
+
C 1 251 N / H / l ST'' FC = C1251N/H/L ST + C1251 N/H/L ST +
1 direct rotary handle per switch
(see p. 92 to 94) (see p. 92 to 94) C801 to C125 1 46933
fixed
RC
ar
Thrs rnterlockrng rs easrly set up by the
addition, on each breaker, of the locking
device, which can be equipped with 2
locks bearing the same key number.
The one and only key will lock out only
lP
one of the breakers.
)
'
C 1 01 to
r
fixed C101 to C101 to + 1 direct rotary handle per switch
C 1 251 N / H / l FC = C1251 N/H/L + C1251 N/H/L C101/C161 41310
ca
(see p. 68 to 88) (see p. 68 to 88) C250 43820

C400/630 44820
fixed
C801 to
RC C1251 46933
+ 1 set of 2 keys locks ( 1 single key) :
Ranis 1351 .500 41950

Profalux KS5 824 D4E 42878
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
l oad break
om
switches
.c
4 switc hes, enclosures
page
lnterpact load break switches 1 06
Compact load break switches 1 12
Fupact fuse-switches 114
ls
individual enclosures 116
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
switches
om
63 to 2500 A
.c
for circuit control
ls
ua
couplin g
In the event of a normal supply failure, the
switch enables the essential supply
feeders, supplied via the standby source
to be isolated from the non-essential side
an
of the system.
distribution
As a main incomer of the secondary
tM
switchboard, where protection is provided
upstream, the switch enables the
secondary switchboard to be isolated.
ar
motor control
When fitted to the line side of the motor,
the switch provides either local or remote
lP
isolation of the motor from the system, for

maintenance purposes etc.
ca
which switch should you

choose?
tri
l nterpact load break A simple high performance switch I N63T to I N2500

specifically designed for isolation and
switches control, the range comes complete with a
full range of accessories which include :
auxiliary contacts for on/off indication
lec
and control
auxiliary for early break
installation accessories
3 and 4 pole versions
padlocking/changeover facility
compliance with B.S. etc, AC22/23 rated
.E
Compact Nl load break A high performance switch utilising C1 01 N I to C1 251 N I

Moulded Case Circuit Breaker technology
switches and hence offering the advantages of a
MCCB, i.e. :
O.F. auxiliary contact for on/off
indication
CAM switch for early break
MX shunt trip and MN undervoltage
w
releases
Vigi module for earth fault protection,
adaptable remote control facility
available as source changeover system
ww
full range of installation accessories

full range of connection accessories
padlocking/changeover facility
compliance with B.S. etc AC22/23 rated
3 and 4 pole versions.
switc hes description
characteristics
om
l nterpact l oad break switches
I N63T to I N 2500
.c
ls
ua
an
presentation i nstallation
tM
lnterpact is a range of 63 to 2500 A, 3 or lnterpact switches are installed on a panel
4-pole switches, of moulded case or on metal supports, and can operate in
construction with double break contact all positions.
configuration. Degree of protection
They are used for control and isolation of
bare unit with terminal shields IP40
distribution circuits:
ar
main switch,
unit in enclosure direct handles IP40
coupling,
or cubicle with extended handles IP55
head of divisional switchboard,
" motor" circuit control,
local isolating device,
tropicalisation
lP
etc. lnterpact switches and their auxiliaries are

tropicalised.
The lnterpact range can be fitted with
They comply with the following standards:
auxiliaries such as :
IEC 68-2-30 Damp heat
auxiliary contacts,
IEC 68-2-2 Dry heat
installation accessories,
ca
IEC 68-2-1 1 Salt mist

connection accessories,
IEC 68-2-1 Cold temperature withstand.
etc. (for further details refer to following
pages)
standards
positive break indication lnterpact switches comply with:
tri
IEC 408 recommendations,

All lnterpact devices provide isolation with
French Standard NF C63-1 30,
positive break indication.
German Standard VDE 0660,
Their control handle can only indicate the British Standard BS 5419,
"off" position if all the contacts are indeed
Italian Standard CEI.
open and a proper distance apart.
lec
.E
w
ww
auxil iaries, accessories
om
.c
auxiliaries a n d accessories
1
CAM switch The CAM switch is a common point Possible combinations
auxiliary changeover contact which, Inter pact I block block block
depending on how it is fitted, can provide : I 1 OF 2 OF CAM
either the OF function, connected with
IN63T i 1
11
the lnterpact "on" or "off" position,
ls
I N 1 25T, I N 1 60T, IN250 1 +1
or the CAM function, for early break or
IN400, IN630, 1 +1
early make ( break only on IN63T).
Note: a block with 2 changeover contacts I N 1 000, I N 1 600, +1
is also available for the IN400 to IN2500 IN2500
ua
(OF function only).
..
Extended and lateral rotary handle Lateral rotary handle an extension shaft.
The standard direct rotary handle on The extended rotary handle does not alter
lnterpact IN63T to I N 1 60T switches m ay the visible break indication function, and
be converted into a lateral direct rotary can be optionally fitted wit h :
an
handle by an optional accessory kit. a shaft bracket t o eliminate vertical play
"
Extended rotary handle (IP557) is at the end of the shaft.
obtained by adding to the standard rotary a door latch which only allows the door
handle an accessory kit comprising : to be opened when the handle is i n
an escutcheon to be fitted in front of the"open" position.
the door to accomodate the handle,
tM
shaft bracket
Locking by padlocks or key lock To lock the lnterpact in the"open" Locking possibilities
position, the handle includes: lnterpact padlock key lock
a padlock fitting for 3 padlocks (not 0 hasp type
supplied) built into the toggle of all the (mm)
lnterpact devices (1 padlock only for
ar
IN63T t o I N 1 60T 5 to 8 without
IN63T) ;
IN250 5 to 8 Ronis 1 35 1 .500
a pre-drilled location on the IN250 to
IN2500 to fit 1 key lock ( supplied as IN400 to IN630 6 to 8 or Profalux
for IN63T to IN160T for IN250 to IN2500
option), with a key held captive when the IN1000 to IN2500 5 to 8 KSS 824 D4Z
lnterpact is in the"closed" position.
lP
Interlocking Mechanical interlocking Interlocking by key locks

This interlocking equips the lnterpact This interlocking equips the lnte rpact
IN63T to IN630. It is achieved by a IN250 to IN2500. Both lnterpacts are
mechanism which connects the handles of equipped with a standard interlock
ca
2 direct control lnterpacts to constitute a associating 2 key locks and a single key.
manual source changeover. This device This solution enables 2 geographically
prevents both switches from being closed distant switches to be interlocked.
... .-
mechanical key locks interlocking at the same time, but allows them to be
interlocking opened.
tri
...
The terminal shields are sealable The terminal shields are always supplied
insulating accessories used to avoid direct with their sealing accessories.
.. contacts with live parts. Fitting possibilities
Depending on the switch type, the
,.,. ..
lec
lnterpact can be fitted : lnterpact term. shields phase

either with short or long terminal
short long seQ_arators
shields, IN63T to IN160T
or with phase separators. IN250 to IN630
I N 1 000 to IN2500
connectio n
.E
Direct connection IN125 to IN630

IN63T bars or cables IN1000 and IN1 600 IN2500
bare cables with crimped lugs bars
. T
,
Connection with accessories

ww
Polybloc connectors angle terminals edgewise pads connectors

for I N 1 25T for I N 1 25T for I N 1 25T for I N 1 000 for I N 1 000 for I N 2500
and I N 1 60T to IN630 to IN630 and I N 1600 and I N 1 600
switches characteristics
l nterpact load b reak switches
om
I N63T to I N2500
I
I
.c
lnterpact
ls
,
I N63T IN1 25T IN1 60T
ua
c haracteristics
rated current (A) at 60 C 63 1 25 160
rated service current (A) AC 50/60 Hz cl. AC 22 (U .;; 400 V) 63 1 25 160
cl. AC 23 (U .;; 400 V) 63 1 25 160
an
DC ct. DC 23 (U .;; 250 V) l 1 l 63 125 160
rated voltage M AC 50/60 Hz 660 660 660
DC 500 500 500
number of poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
short circuit making current (kA peak) 15 20 20
2.5 5.5 5.5
tM
withstand current (kA rms for 1 s)
endurance mechanical 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000
(CO) electrical at 415 V 1 000 1 000 1 000
p rotectio n
upstream protection Compact circuit breaker l6l NC100 C161N/L C161 N/H/L
C101N
ar
=
(lsc max. breaking capacity
of the CB) C161 N
aM type fuse12 l max. (A) 63 125 125

50 50 50
lP
lsc max. (kA rms)

g 1 type fuses max. (A) 80 160 160
lsc max. (kA rms) 50 50 50
auxi l ia ries and accessories

ca
adaptable auxiliaries OF switches
CAM switch
adaptable auxiliaries terminal shields
connection accessories
padlocking device
tri
locking device
key lock interlocking
lec
i nsta l l ati on
version connection FC FC RC FC RC
fixed
overall dimensions (mm) H w D H w D H w D

3P 85 1 20 105 128 1 70 105 1 28 170 1 05
4P 85 120 105 128 170 1 05 128 170 1 05
3P 0.75 1 .4 1 .4
.E
weight (kg)
4P 0.80 1 .5 1.5
w
ww
4
..
(1) Number of poles involved in breaking :
1 a t 48 V, 2 a t 125 V, a t 250 V.
(2) aM fuses must be systematically associated with a
thermal release.
(3) Phase separators.
(4) With no time delayed trip unit.
(5) lsc maxi = 40 kA rms.
(6) For other tvn:c ,.,f h - - - - -
om
.c
'
- -
ls
-
I I .I
ua
I N250 I N400 I N630 IN1 000 I N 1 600
250 400 630 1 000 1600 2500

250 400 630 1 000 1600 2500
an
250 400 500 630
250 400 630 1 000 1 600
660 660 660 660 660 660
500 500 500 500 500 500
3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
tM
30 40 50 75 75 1 05
8.5 12 25 35 35 50
1 0000 1 0000 1 0000 1 500 1500 1500
1000 1 000 1000 500 250 250
ar
C250N/H/L C40 1 N C630N/H C801 N/H 15l C1001 N/H 15l Compact CM 14ll5l
C400N ST C630N/H ST C 1 001 N/H i5l C 1 25 1 N/H l5l
C 1 25 1 N/H i5l C 1 001 L 17l
C801 /C1001L 17l Compact CM 14ll5l
lP
250 400 500
1 00 100 1 00
315 500 630
100 100 100
ca

1 3) . (3) . (3)

tri

lec
FC RC FC RC FC RC FC FC FC

H w 0 H w 0 H w 0 H w 0 H w D H w D
1 70 230 151 230 280 1 70 230 280 1 70 300 340 200 300 340 200 440 340 3 1 1 .5
.E
170 230 151 230 280 170 230 280 170 300 410 200 300 410 200 440 410 31 1 .5
2.7 4.3 4.8 12 15 35
2.8 4.7 5.3 15 18 45
w
ww
switches part numbers
om
l nterpact load break switches
I N63T to I N2500
.c
com lete switch... . .. consistin of
3P 4P
IN63T

fixed 41 830 41831
FC '
ls
fixed
I N 1 2Sr 3P 4P
j
)
41835 41836
FC
ua
fixed - IN125T fixed FC
I N 1 60r fixed 3P 4P
j
J
42710 4271 1
an
FC
fixed - IN160T fixed FC

tM
3P 4P
I N250'
&-
)
fixed 43850 43851
FC
fixed - IN250 fixed FC

ar
3P 4P
I N400'
j
J
fixed 44850 44851
lP
- FC
- fixed -
IN400 fixed FC
I RC + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800
ca
3P 4P
I N630'

J
fixed 45850 45851
FC
... -
fixed IN630 fixed FC
tri
I RC + 1 set of rear connections per pole 44800

3P 4P
4
I N 1 000 fixed 47775 47751
lec
FC
.I
3P 4P
I N 1 600

fixed 47776 47851
.E
FC
'"'}'
. . IN2500 .
flx ed 3p 4p
-------------===---
47777 47855 --
---
w
FC
'
ww
auxiliaries, accessories
om
.c
electrical a u x i l i a ries con nection
auxiliary contacts Polybloc terminal (for bare cables)
1 OF or CAM ( 1 ) I N 125T/I N 1 60T
I N63T t o I N 1 60T 41843 6 cables S .;;;; 1 00 07100
IN250 to IN2500 42906
ls
2 OF
IN400 to IN2500 47757
accessories connectors for bare cables
ua
IN63T
s .;;;; 35 built-in
with black toggle built-in
I N 1 25T
red toggle 1 6 .;;;; s .;;;; 70 per pole 41 838
IN63T 41 847
I N 1 60T
I N 1 25T/IN1 60T 41848
1 6 .;;;; s .;;;; 95 per pole 41 838
44847
an
IN250
IN400/IN630 45859 IN250T
1 6 .;;;; S .;;;; 1 85 per pole 43813
lateral rotary handle
extension of rear connections
with black toggle (compulsory when per pole 43848
IN63T 41 826 spacing supports)
I N 1 25T/1 60T 41 827
IN400/IN630
tM
red toggle only single connector per pole 44813
I N63T 41822 ( 1 cable S .;;;; 300)
I N 1 25T/ 1 60T 41824 double connector per pole 4481 4
accessories for converting direct handle (2 cables S .;;;; 240)
to extended handle
IN63T to I N 1 60T 41839
ar
IN250 to IN630 45853 edgewise pads
g,_.,
I N 1 000 to IN2500 47753 I N 1 000 per pole 47758
for lateral rotary handle I N 1 600 per pole 47858
IN1 25T/I N 1 60T 41825
lP
locking of the toggle

by 3 padlocks built-in spreader
(1 padlock on IN63T) IN400/IN630 3P 44841
by key lock (in open and closed 4P 44842
position) for IN250 to I N2500
ca
1 Ronis key lock 1351 .500 41940

1 Profalux key lock 42888 3P 47760

I N 1 000 ( 1 set)
K25 824 04Z 4P 47761
door locking for switch in closed position I N 1 600 (1 set) 3P 2 X 47760
(only for extended rotary handle)
(!]
4P 2 X 47761
tri
I N63T to I N 1 60T 41840

I N250 to I N2500 47754
mechanical interlocking connectors
(only for direct rotary handle) I N2500 1 piece 55675
lec
IN63T to I N 1 60T 41846

I N250 to IN630 45856
'
spare parts
black toggle (for direct rotary handle)
IN63T 41 844
I N 1 25T/IN 1 60T 41845
.E
IN250 44846
key lock interlocking
for IN250 to IN2500 IN400/IN630 45858
1 set of 2 Ronis 1 351 .500 41 950 I N 1 000/I N 1 600 47759
key locks ( 1 single key) IN2500 47862
1 set of 2 Profalux 42878
KS5 824 04Z key locks
(1 single key)
w

short term. shields (1 set)
IN250 3P/4P 43830
IN400/IN630 3P/4P 44830
ww
long term. shields (1 set)

I N63T 3P/4P 41841
I N 1 25T/IN1 60T 3P/4P 41 842
IN250 3P/4P 43832
IN400/IN630 3P/4P 44832
phase separators (1 set)
_.,., 11\11000/IN 1 600 3P/4P 47756
switches characteristics
om
Com pact l oad break switch es
C1 01 N I to C1 251 N I
.c
ls
Compact
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
auxiliaries
tri
adaptable
accessories
lec
versions
.E
w
ww
(1) According to IEC standards, AC 21, AC 22 and AC

23 classes correspond to normal operation with alterna
ting current, and DC 2 1 , DC 22 and DC 23 normal
operation with direct current.
(2) Number of pole involved in breakina: 2P "' ?<;n 11
.d.P ,.+ t::.fV \\1.
part numbers
om
(i) new
.c
com lete switch ... ... consi sting of:

fixed 2P 3P 4P
C1 01 N I
)
FC 39702 39703 39704
fixed = C101 Nl fixed FC

RC + 1 set of rear connections( 1 ) per pole 39998
ls
ll
plug-in = C101 Nl fixed FC
RC + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 2P 39972 3P 39973 4P 39974
ua
j
fixed 40902 40903 40904
C1 61 N I
)
FC
--
fixed = C161 Nl fixed FC

RC + 1 set of rear connections per pole 41 1 90
an
)
RC + 1 plug-in base FC!RC 2P 41195 3P 41 1 96 4P 41197
j
tM
Cj) fixed 2P 3P 4P
C225Nl FC
)
43676
fixed = C225NI fixed FC

RC + 1 set of rear connection per pole 43472
ar
j
fixed 43325 43326 43327 = C250NI without release, fixed FC
C250N I
)
FC 2P 43001 3P 43002 4P 43003
+ 1 switch module 2P /3P 43323 4P 43324
fixed C250NI fixed FC
lP
=

plug-in C250NI fixed FC
+ 1 set of plugs per pole
ca
FC 43802
RC + 1 plug-in base FC/RC 2P 43809 3P 43810 4P 43811
j
J
fixed 44792 44793 = C401 NI without release, fixed FC
C401 N J RC 3P 44661 4P 44662
+ 1 switch module 3P 45375 4P 45376
tri
fixed = C401 NI fixed FC

ll
lec
+ 1 set of plugs ( 1 )

FC p e r pole 44802
fixed 45379 45380 = C630NI without release, fixed FC
C630N I'
)
FC 3P 45002 4P 45003
+ 1 switch module 3P 45375 4P 45376
fixed = C630NI fixed FC
.E
!-
plug-in C630NI fixed FC
RC + 1 plug-in base FCIRC 3P 44810 4P 4481 1

fixed C801NI 46045 46046
C801 N I
w
FC
)
C1251 NI 48048 48049
C1 251 N I >
:fj.
fixed = C801 NI or C1251 NI fixed FC
RC + 1 rear connections 1 piece 46958
ww
-----
drawout = C801 NI or C1251NI

R C !2l . + moving chassis 3P 46824 4P 46825
or edgewise 1 piece 46988
+ 1 set of short terminal shields 3 p 46993
4P 46992
switches description,
characteristics
om
Fupact fuse-switches U C50 to U D630T
.c
application models
The Fupact fuse-switches are designed The Fupact range incl ude s :
for: 2 models for cylindrical fuses ( U C50
control, protection and isolation in the and U C 1 25),
switching of highly inductive loads 6 models from 63 to 630 A for fuses of
(transformers, capacitors ... ) ; D I N type ( UD63-U D 1 25-UD 1 60-U D250T
the protection and isolation of motor U D400T-UD630T)
ls
control circuits. They are used in all AC Number of poles:
and DC circuits at voltages up to 660 V. 3 poles with 3 fuses ;
4 poles with 3 fuses, neutral broken and
Operation
unprotected (link provided ) ;
ua
The Fupact switching technology offers
4 poles with 4 fuses (except UD63).
optimum safety:
Fupact fuse switches, unlike fuse
disconnectors, are suitable for ON-LOAD standards
operation. Fupact fuse-switches comply with
the Fupact's are fixed-mounted and
international IEC standard 408, British
an
isolation is provided on both the line and Standard BS 541 9, German standard
the load sides of the fuses. The fuses are VDE 0660, VDE 0 1 1 3, Det Norske Veritas,
therefore isolated when the switch is AS 1 775-1 975, UL 5 1 2.
open.
Positive contact indication
Then handle can only indicate the OFF
approvals
U L and ASTA certified (UD 1 60 to 400
tM
position if all the contacts are actually
open. With its guaranteed contact pending) Lloyd's Register of Shipping,
separation, the Fupact affords maximum Germanische Lloyd 's, Register of Shipping
safety. of the USSR.
tropicalization
ar
A l l climates (treatment 2 ) .
chara cteristics ( I E C 408)

Fupact fuse-switch ucso UD63 UC125 UD125 UD160 U D250T UD400T UD630T
lP
fuse size 14 X 51 DIN 00 22 X 58 DIN 00 D I N 00\ 1 1 DIN 1 DIN 2 DIN 3

rated current AC 22 (A) without stricker 40 C 50 63 1 25 1 25 1 60 250 400 630
vertical installation 60 C 40 50 1 00 1 00 1 28 200 320 504
with stricker 40 C 37 47 94 94 1 20 1 88 296 472
ca
60 C 28 38 75 75 96 1 50 224 378
horizontal installation without stricker 40 C 45 57 112 1 12 1 44 224 360 567
60 C 36 45 90 90 115 1 80 288 454
with stricker 40 C 34 42 78 78 1 08 1 56 272 425
60 oc 27 34 67 67 86 1 34 216 340
tri
rated current AC 23 380-41 5-440-500 v 50 63 1 15 115 1 25 250 400 630

(A) 660 v 45 40 63 63 63 250 400 630
rated voltage (V) AC 50/60 Hz \41 660 660 660 660 660 660 660 660
rated isolation voltaqe (V) 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750
lec
rated fuses short-circuit capacity at 500 V (kA) 50 50 1 00 1 00 1 00 ( 2 ) 1 00 1 00 80

breaking capacity AC 23 380-41 5-440-500 v 500 500 800 800 800 3200 3200 4500
(A) 660 v 350 350 500 500 500 3200 3200 4500
breaking capacity DC 1 1 0 V (2 poles in series) 300 300 500 500 500 1 600 1 600 3200
(A) L!R ,;; 1 5 ms 200 V (2 poles in series) 250 250 400 400 400 1 200 1 600 2000
operational power AC 23 380 v 22 30 55 55 60 1 30 210 315
.E
( kW) 415 v 30 30 60 60 65 1 40 230 340

500 v 30 30 75 75 80 1 70 280 400
-
660 v 30 30 55 55 55 230 330 540
mechanical end urance (CO) 1 0000 1 0000 7500 7500 7500 5000 5000 3000
weight without fuse 3P 3 fuses 1 .6 1 .6 1 .8 1 .8 1 .8 6.9 7.8 1 5.5
ik..9.L 4P 4 fuses 1 .9 1 .9 2.3 2.3 2.3 7.9 8.8 19
auxiliary switches breaking capacity 4 A at 4 1 5 V AC1 1 ; 1 A at 1 1 5 V DC1 1
w
thermal rating 10 A
ww
part numbers
accessories, auxiliaries
om
.c
part numbers
Fupact Fupact 3P 4P 4P
with standard handle and short shaft tye 3 fuses 3 fuses( 1 ) 4 fuses
(without fuses) UC50 49001 49002 49003
UD63 49004 49005
UC125 49006 49007 49008
ls
UD125 49009 49010 49011
U D 1 60 49012 49013 49014
UD250T 49210 4921 1 49212
ua
UD400T 49216 49217 49218
UD630T 4921 9 49220 49221
p 4P 4P
accessories et auxiliaries 3 fuses 3 fusesl1 l 4 fuses
fuse cover U
C
50 ------------ 49024
---- 49025
==-- 49025
--
an
(compulsory when the fuse-switch is UD63 49026 49027
=--=-=- _ _ -- _ _ -----'"'-=::.:_------ ---
--_
U C 1 2-5-U D 1 25-U D1 60
c::.==-
___:
mounted without door escutcheon) __
49028 49029 49029
UD250T 49237 49237 49247
UD400T 49216 49238 49248
UD630T 49250 49251 49251
tM
blown fuse indicating device UD50 49057 49058 49058
for fuse with striker UC125 49059 49060 49060
UD250T 49080 49081 49082
UD400T 49083 49084 49085
UD630T 49086 49087 49088
terminal shields (for one side) UC125-UD125-UD160 49034 49035 49035
ar
UD250T (per pole. 49257) 3 X 49250 4 X 49255 4 X 49255
UD400T (per pole. 49257) 3 X 49257 4 X 49257 4 X 49257
U D630T (per pole. 49257) 3 X 49257 4 X 9257 4 X 49257
auxiliary switches UC50-UD63 1 OF 49056 2 OF 49040
lP
UC125-UD125-UD160 1 OF 49041 2 OF 49042

UD250T-UD400T-UD630T 1 OF 49089 2 OF 49090
auxiliary switch cover UC50-UD63 49045
UC125-UD125-UD160 49046
ca
UD250T-UD400T-UD630T included with OF contacts

long shaft for extended UC50-UD63-UC125 49048
rotary handle UD125-UD160
UD250T-UD400T-UD630T 49245
neutral link and its support UD50-UD63 49273
tri
UC125-UD125-UD160 49274
UD250T-UD400T 49275
UD630T 49276
locking device (key lock not supplied) UD250T-UD400T-UD630T 49053
lec
black toggle UC50-UD63-UC125 49054

UD125-UD160
UD250T-UD400T-UD630T 49055
.E
w
ww
i n d ivi d u a l enclos ures description, characteristics
part numbers
om
weatherproof metal d imensions
enclosu res
.c
description control and l ocking
Weatherproof metal enclosures are Compact C101 N t o C630N ST
available for the following circuit breakers : Vigicompact C101 N to C630N ST
Compact and Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N to direct rotary handle actuated through
C 1 251 N as well as their variations, all the door, with watertight escutcheon ;
types of trip unit, in fixed front connected locking of the breaker in "OFF"
version ; position by 3 padlocks (not supplied ) .
ls
lnterpact IN63T to IN630. Available o n request:
The weatherproof metal enclosures o locking of the breaker in "OFF"
include: position with a Ronis lock 1 351 .500 or a
a plate equipped for the mounting of Profalux lock KS5 824 042.
ua
fixed front connected, two, three or four Compact C801 to C1251N
pole circuit-breakers ; waterproof extended rotary handle ;
a door cutout for the fixing of the rotary
locking of the breaker in " OFF"
handle. position by 3 padlocks (not supplied).
locking of the door when the breaker is
characteristics
an
in "ON" position.
Degree of protection : IP 55. lnterpact IN63T to IN630
1 .5 mm thick electro-zinc coated steel extended rotary handle ;
sheet. locking of the switch in "OFF" position
Beige epoxy powder painting. by 3 padlocks, not suplied (only one
Cable entry through removable bottom padlock for IN63T) .
tM
plate. Available on request:
Secured by 4 holes on the back or by o locking of the switch in "OFF" position
external fixing lugs (supplied). with a Ronis lock 1351 .500 or a Profalux
lock KS5 824 042 (except IN63T, I N 1 25T,
I N 1 60T) .
o locking of the door when the switch is
in " O N " position.
ar
part numbers including:
metal enclosures for Compact C101 N C161 N C250N C40 1 N C630N empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,
45990 1 direct rotary handle,
lP
C101 N to C630N 39960 41 932 43990 44990
1 watertight escutcheon for rotary handle,
(to complete with Compact 2P, 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
for Vigicompact C101 N C161 N C250N C401 N C630N empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,
ca
C1 01 N to C630N 39959 41 933 43991 44991 44991 1 direct rotary handle,

1 watertight escutcheon for rot a ry handle,
(to complete with Vigicompact 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
for Compact C80 1 N C 1 00 1 N C 1 251 N empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,
tri
C801 to C1251N 46888 46888 46888 1 extended rotary handle (front door
mounted),
accessories for watertight rotary handle,
(to complete with Compact 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
lec
for lnterpact IN63T I N 1 25T IN250 IN630 empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,
IN63T to IN630 I N 1 60T IN400 accessories for converting direct to
41853 41856 43843 44941 extended rotary handle
(to complete with lnterpact 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
for Fupact consult us
.E
accessories
locks for rotary handle, by 3 padlocks (1 padlock for IN63T), padlock not included built-in
swith in "OFF" position by keylocks for C 1 0 1 N to C 1 251 1 Ronis key lock 1 351 .500 41940
and lnterpact IN250 to IN400 1 Profalux key lock KS5 824 D4Z 42888
lnterpact IN63T to I N 1 60T 41840
lnterpact IN250 to IN630 45854
w
dimensions (mmJ
direct rotary handle extended rotary handle
ww
Compact Vigicompact Compact lnterpact

C101 N C250N C630N C101 N C250N C80 1 N C 1 00 1 N IN63T I N 1 25T IN250
C161 N C401 N C161 N to C630N C 1 251 N I N 1 60T to IN630
H 400 600 800 500 800 1 000 1 000 400 400 600
w 300 400 600 400 600 600 600 300 300 400
D 200 200 275 200 275 275 275 1 50 1 50 200
i nd ivid u a l enclosures description, characteristics
om
part numbers
weatherproof polyester dimensions
enclosu res
.c
description control and locking
Weatherproof polyester enclosures are Compact C 1 01 N t o C630N
available for the following circuit breakers: Viglcompact C101 N to C630N ST
Compact and Vigicompact C 1 0 1 N to extended rotary handle ;
C 1 25 1 N as well as their variations, all locking of the breaker in "OFF" position
types of trip unit, in fixed front connected by 3 padlocks (not supplied) .
ls
version ; locking of the cover when the breaker
lnterpact I N63T to IN630. is i n " O N " position.
The weatherproof metal enclosures Available on request:
includ e : o locking of the breaker in "OFF" position
ua
a plate equipped for t h e mounting of with a Ronis lock 1 35 1 .500 or a Profalux
fixed front connected, two, three or four lock KS5 824 D4Z.
pole circuit-breaker ; lnterpact IN63T to IN630
a door cutout for the fixing of the rotary
extended rotary handle;
handle. locking of the switch in "OFF" position
by 3 padlocks not supplied (only one
an
characteristics padlock for I N63T) .
Degree of protection : I P 55. Available on request:
locking of the switch in "OFF" position
Beige polyester.
Shockproof and corrosionproof. with a Ronis lock 1 35 1 .500, or a profalux
The screwed transparent cover can be lock KS5 824 D4Z (except IN63T, I N 1 25T,
fitted with lead seals. I N 1 60T).
tM
locking of the cover when the switch is
Cable entry through removable bottom
and top plates. i n " O N " position.
Secured by 4 holes on the back.
part numbers including:

ar
polyester enclosures for Compact C101N C161 N C250N C401 N C630N empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,
C101 N to C630N 39958 41936 43995 44995 44995 1 direct rotary handle,
(to complete with Compact 2P, 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
lP
for Vigicompact C101 N C161 N C250N C40 1 N C630N empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,
C101 N to C630N 39957 41 937 43996 44996 44996 1 direct rotary handle,
(to complete with Vigicompact 3P, 4P,
ca
fixed FC)
for interpact IN63T I N 1 25T IN250 IN400 empty enclosure with plate and drilled door,
IN63T to IN400 IN16H IN630 accessories for converting direct to
41 858 41859 43844 44942 extended rotary handle,
(to complete with inter[act 3P, 4P,
fixed FC)
tri
accessories
locks for rotary handle, by 3 padlocks (1 padlock for IN63T), padlocks not included built-in
lec
switch in "OFF" position by keylocks for C 1 0 1 N to C630N, 1 Ronis key lock 1 35 1 .500 41940
and lnterpact IN250 to IN400 1 Profalux key lock KS5 824 04Z 42888
door locking, switch in closed position lnterpact I N63T to IN60T 41 840
lnterpact I N250 to IN630 45854
dimensions (mm)
.E

Compact Vigicompact lnterpact
C101 N C250N C401 N C101 N C250N I N63T I N 1 25T IN250 IN400
C161 N C630N C161 N to 630N I N 1 60T IN630
H 360 540 720 540 720 270 360 540 720
w 270 270 360 270 360 270 270 360 360
D 235 235 235 235 235 1 85 1 85 1 85 1 85
w
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
Com pact
om
l nterpact
.c
5 d imensions
tripping curves
page
C 1 00E to C600E 1 20
C 1 00NF, TC1 40 1 21
ls
C 1 0 1 N/H/LINI 1 22
C 1 6 1 N/H/LINI 1 24
C250N/H/LINI 1 26
C401 /C630N/H/L/NI 1 28
ua
C400/C630N/H/L ST
C80 1 /C 1 001 /C1251 N/H/LINIST 1 30
chassis for withdrawable CB 1 32
rotary handles 1 33
remote control 1 34
an
changeover C 1 01 N/H/L 1 36
to C 1 251 N/HST
lnterpact IN63T to IN2500 1 38
Fupact UCSO to UD630T 141
tripping curves 1 42
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
d imensions
om
C 1 00E/ C225E/C400E/C600E
.c
Front connected Drilling diagrams Drilling of the door
Compact C1 OOE panel or rail-mounted panel-mounted rail-mounted
front or rear connected front connected
Fixed equipment
\--r::r:r _,-..fa
MI i I t.f
. fi!
ls
r
t - I1--- - --t- II :,
90 BB
I , I
ua
r---- ---"" ; - 27,5
3-pole 3-pole
Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of the door

Compact C225E
an
connected panel-mounted rail-mounted
panel or rail-mounted front or rear connected front connected
Fixed equipment
tM '$4-!t 1
. I l
I ,
"32 120
17,5
ar
12,5
3-pole 3-pole
Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of the door

Compact C400E/ C600E connected panel-mounted rail-mounted
lP

Fixed equipment
ca
! I Jl
If 'L ",1
240
l
I ' . I. 1
I
tri
I
'
-
25
3-Pole
lec
.E
w
ww
Weights_---- - -------- -----

type No. of fixed
______
___QC)_Ie -------
C 1 00E____3 -----L:3______ _
C225E 3 1 7
d i mensions
om
C1 00N F/TC40N / L
.c
Compact C1 OONF Front connected Drilling diagrams Drilling of the door
panel or rail-mounted panel or rail-mounted
front connected
Fixed equipment
ls
'5
ua
,
4
3
Compact TC40N
an
tM
ar
lP
Compact TC40N
+ auxiliary 0 /F + auxiliary SD/SDM + undervoltage release M N
ca
tri
lec
Compact TC40L,
Vigicompact TC40N
.E
w
ww
d i mensions
om
C 1 01 N / H / L
---_- -.....-_'--
.c
m
Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of
Compact C1 01 N/H, connected rail-mounted the door
panel-mounted
C1 01 N I front or rear connected front connected
__ _
panel or rail-mounted
__ _
Fixed equipment
..-_ . _"""'-_ ,e
_ _-,.,_ -_ _-
-t- 1.o --ta5t" 21,5
ls
rn-t:,., -n:+o-1_
.
l_w-$..1:
I.

..-''1J
r: - 94 1 1
f. I
.. _,... (b) ' ,
l'
' ..), 85
ua
i , , ; <
-5.35 i 50
17,5 27,5
2 or 3-pole 4-pole 2, 3 or 4-pole
Plug-in equipment Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of
an
connected panel-mounted rail-mounted the door
tM
ar

Compact C1 01 L connected the door
panel-mounted rail-mounted
lP
panel or rail-mounted front or rear connected front or rear connected

Fixed equipment
ca
tri
17,5 27,5
lec
3-pole 4-pole 3 or 4-pole

.E
w
27,5
ww
Weight (kg)
type No of fixed plug-in
poles with base (a) For rear connection only
.. ,.,;r 1.. -
C101 NIH, C 1 0 1 N I 2 1 .5 2.2 (b) Necessarv with ::u rvili<= ,..
3 1 .6 2.4
Vigicompact C 1 01 N/H
om
.c
Vigicompact C101 N / H Front o r rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of
Fixed equipment panel or rail-mounted
ls
ua
an
3-pole 4-pole 2, 3 or 4-pole

tM
ar
lP
3-pole 4-pole 3 or 4 pole

ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
- - -.. 1 1...- ri \ (a) For rear connection only

(b) Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only
(d) Long terminal shields for front connection
lA\ . hnrt terminal shields for rear connection
d imensions Compact C161 N /H/L,
om
C1 61 N I
C1 61 N / H / L
.c
Compact C161 N/H, C1 61 NI connected panel-mounted rail-mounted the door
.1134,5
Fixed equipment
----
ls
l' I 88
:o-
I
ua
27.5

connected the door
an
tM 2 o r 3-pole 4-pole 2, 3 or 4-pole

ar
Compact C161 L connected panel-mounted rail-mounted the door
Fixed equipment
lP
=,.7
r I
ca
Tf
-
-- -- -- - - - - - - --- r
__3
e _____
4 le___3o
o r --------
tri

lec
r
155
L
.E

w
ww
vvifllllk9L
l _ _ _ _ _ ________ ____

___ .c::
P.::o,l es with base (a) For rear connection only
C 1 6 1 N/H, C 1 6 1 N I 2 1 .5 -=
2=.2:____ (b) Necess::rv with "' ' '"';1;-
3 1 .7 2.4
Vigicompact C161 N/H
Visucompact and
om
earth leakage Visucompact
C 1 61 N
.c
Vigicompact C161 N/H Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of
ls
ua
14,5
an
3-pole 4-pole 2, 3 or 4-pole

front or rear connected front or rear connected
tM
ar
3-pole 4-pole 3, 4-pole
lP
Visucompact C161 N Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of

ca
tri
lec

.E
earth leakage Visucompact The size of the earth leakage Visucompact Thus :
is identical to the one of the Visucompact the height dimension changes from 308
C161 N (see above), except that the height is to 388,
80 mm greater. the lower mounting holes should be
repeated 80 . mm lower.
w
ww
Weight (kg)
poles with base
Vigicompact 3 2.3 3.4
C161N 4 3.1 4.6 (a) For rear connection only
1 3.7 --
(b} Necessary with auxiliary wire blocks only
(d} Long terminal shields for front connection
(e) Short terminal shields for rear connection
- - '- - , ;..., ....., o nt
d i mensions Compact C250N/H/L, C250N I
om
C250 N / H / L
.c
Compact C250N/H, connected panel-mounted rail-mounted the door
C250N I front or rear connected front connected
Fixed equipment
ls
ua
an

tM
ar
lP
4-pole 2, 3 or 4-pole

Compact C250L connected panel-mounted rail-mounted the door
Fixed equipment
ca
tri
lec

.E

w
ww
Weight (kg)
poles with base
C250N/H, 2 3.5 4.8
C250NI 3 3.7 5.7
A
Visucompact and
om
C250N
.c
Vigicompact C250N/H connected panel-mounted the door
rail-mounted
Fixed equipment
ls
ua
an
connected the door
tM
ar front or rear connected front or rear connected
lP
ca

Visucompact C250N connected panel-mounted the door
rail-mounted
tri

lec
.E
w
The size of the earth leakage Visucompact Thus :

earth leakage Visucompact is identical to the one of the Visucompact the height dimension changes from 400
C250N (see above) , except that the height is to 520,
the lower mounting holes should be
ww
1 20 m m greater.
repeated 1 20 mm lower.
Weight ( kg)
poles with base
Vigicompact 3 5.2 7.1
C250N/H 4 6.2 8.6
3 6.6
(a) For rear connection only
n., t..l oro::r. e. e.rv
with auxiliary wire blocks for auxiliaries or
Compact C401 /C630N/H/L,
d i me n s i o n s C400/C630N/H/L ST,
om
C401 N / H / L, C400 N / H / L ST C401/C630NI
C630 N / H / L, C630 N / H / L ST
.c
Compact C401 /C630N/H, connected panel-mounted rail-mounted the door
C400/C630N/H ST, pane! or rail-mounted front or rear connected front connected
C401 /C630NI
t - ---:
93
Fixed equipment
ls
' I
I lII m4
ua
74
I
I
I I
+
=f-"--41
I
.,.,.+
-152,5+5 2
-- 'T -
an

front or rear connected front or rear connected
113
' :-t
tM 1 -104i
I
f.-!.<o..- -:!.'=T
1l i. lb I ' 180
'I II I I l
I I
l;
I 1 1
.I
#
. iI +--,I
I I '
74 +--1-42
I
, ,
I
ar
b.:;.-=..r-.:;:_______1
, I
l
,;=-:;; "1
I
2 our 3 pole 4 pole 2, 3 or 4-pole

lP

Compact C401 I C630L, connected panel-mounted the door
C400/C630L ST panel front or rear connected
ca
Fixed equipment
1 93 113
F-----TI
240
I I
Ii f---
I
tri
i I
, I I
II
104
25 a42
I
_
-1-+---- i
+ +4-41-- J
1 . I I
I I I J
;
- -
I
lec
3-pole 4-pole

pane! or rail-mounted front or rear connected front or rear connected
113
.E
=:=!:Ofl
104
J
:
I I
:
I
I J
w
I
I
" ---LJ
=::.f :
t:
74 +-----+-42
ww
Weight (kg)
poles with base
C401/C630N/H, 2 4.3 6.1
C40 1 / C630NI 3 5.4 8.9
C400/C630N/H ST 4 6.5 10.1
(".dll 1 /f"''1r't.l
Vigicompact C401 I C630NIH,
om
C400IC630NIH ST,
Visucompact and
C401 IC630N, C4001C630N ST
.c
Vigicompact C401 I C630NIH, Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of
C400IC630NIH ST panel or rail-mounted front or rear connected front connected
Fixed equipment
ls
jlc.,.J..
.. --..1!
ua
I I
I I
-:4\j! 4'+$ ;
--+
I
+ : I
I I
I I
an
26,5
tM
connected the door
il -
panel-mounted panel-mounted
1-"5 156,5
r i
ar
II
I
I !' l'
- == I
I
450
1 , :I
, I! 1 t
I I
lP
'.f p ! 1'1.
b-l-----.0:: 75
...., r .,. r ""'lr__t
ca
Visucompact C401 1C630N, Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of

C400IC630N ST panel or rail-mounted front or rear connected front connected
tri
Fixed equipment
273 -
lec
I
I
I
I
I
....n..------1
'- 1
I
I
}- - - ,
I I
I I
I I
.E
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
L _ J. _
3-pole 4-pole 3 o r 4-pole

w
earth leakage Visucompact The size of the earth leakage Visucompact Thu s :
is identical to the one of the Visucompact t h e height dimension changes from 530
C401 1C630N (see above ) , except that the height is to 650.
the lower mounting holes should be
C400IC630N ST 1 20 mm greater.
ww
repeated 1 20 m m lower.
Weight (kg)
poles with base
Vigicompact 3 7.8 1 1 .2
C401 /C400/C630N 4 9.7 1 3.3
1() 7
(a) For rear connection only.

... : ...., " ' '"iHM v
wire blocks for auxiliaries or
d i mensions Compact
C801 to C1 251 N / H ST
om
C801 N / H / L ST to C 1 251 N / H ST C801 NI, C1 251 N I
.c
Fixed FC Cut-out and drillings for fixing :
(flat or edgewise pads) on panel on rail mounted
ls
ua
""""7-
I
-e::-t - - -+r;--j
-
1- - l.. - - - - ...J
an
Door cut-out
with door slieve
-r - - - - -
I
1
I
I

I
I
with door escutcheon
1 3.5 --t-1+--
I
I
tM
ar
1 I I
I I
I I
I I
l I
I I
I I
l
:1
I I
lP
I I .. , I
t _ _l _ I I
L _ J. _ _ _ _ _
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
Weights (kg)
type No of fixed drawout
poles with base
C801 to 3 13 31
C1251 N/H S T 4 17 36
C801 to 3 25 45
C1001 L ST 4 33 50
Visucompact 3 27 31
C801 N ST 4 32 36
Visucompact 3 29 41

c 1 nn 1 "
Compact
om
C801 to C1 251 N/H ST
C801 NI, C1 251 NI
d rawout version
Visucompact C801 N ST
to C1 251 N ST
.c
Drawout equipment (universal chassis}
292 (3) (l) Cut-out and drillings for fixing
ls
ua
(1
an
I
--i-- 69 -+-- 9 4 ....6
._---k---'7 (NIH)
98 (l)
(4P)
Door cut-out
with door slieve
rear fixing tM Door cut-out
with door slieve
bottom fixing
with door escutcheon
bottom fixing
ar
lP
ca
tri
Visucompact C801 to C1 251 N ST

Fixed FC Cut-out and drillings for fixing: Door cut-out
lec
on rail mounted
.E
w
ww
62 74 --t--<f---t-- 63
3P/4P
{a) Weights: see opposite page.

- ... a ; .., .... , ...irp hlock for auxiliaries or
d i mensions for Compact C161 N/H/L to
C1 251 N/H ST
om
chassis for
withd rawable CB
.c
standard chassis for withdrawable CB
for Compact C161 t o C630N/H/L ST
Drilling driagram
panel rail-mounted
I) I
ls

I I I
ua
A
I I I
l

. J-
an
,- J
--.iiiiiiil .J
I
R 0
dimensions (mm)
tM
A 8 c D E F G H J K L M N p Q R
C161 N/H 3P 207 1 82 142 60 57 35 156 165 1 87.5 61 60 140 59.5 88 66 50
4P 207 217 142 60 57 70 191 165 187.5 96 60 140 59.5 88 66 50
C161L 3P 207 1 82 217 60 57 35 156 165 1 87.5 61 60 140 59.5 88 66 50
4P 207 217 217 60 57 70 1 91 165 1 87.5 96 60 140 59.5 88 66 50
C250N/H 3P 330 217 1 1 1 148 70 27 69 1 96 272 310 90 1 20 1 80 121 88 83.5 50
ar
4P 330 26211 1 148 70 27 1 14 241 272 310 135 1 20 1 80 121 88 83.5 50
C250L 3P 330 217 11 1 223 70 27 69 196 272 310 90 1 20 1 80 121 88 83.5 50
4P 330 26211 1 223 70 27 1 14 241 272 310 135 120 1 80 121 88 83.5 50
C401 N/H to 3P 390 235 1 74 87 27 76.5 214 332 370 105 1 80 1 80 143 1 04 80.5 74
C630N/H ST 4P 390 288 174 87 27 129 267 332 370 157.5 1 80 1 80 143 104 80.5 74
lP
C401 L to 3P 390 235 249 87 27 76.5 214 332 370 1 05 180 1 80 143 104 80.5 74
C630L ST 4P 390 288 249 87 27 129 267 332 370 157.5 1 80 1 80 143 104 80.5 74
(1) For Compact C250NIHIL with motor mechanism: the dimensions B is to be increased of 9 mm (on the neutral side).
for Compact C801N/H/L ST to C1 251 N/H ST

ca
Drilling diagram Door cut-out

panel rail-mounted
22-+-!-aa 22
= :::ll
I I
ln- --rr :
I I
04
6 +:_T_=-_-
t19
tri
J i i I I
! ! Jj l
dtn
,
.. .. ,r7
= r
-1--'" --
lec
A
.--i!------
I
-,
I
I'
II
',
, t
' ' T' !
rl ,
t '
,.. ,
I
1/1
j - - - -!4-
ll l
I
-U
J i ref. -1 1 ,
I B --+t+c
.E
s...l-t--1 2 8
dimensions (mm)
A B C D E
C801 N/H/L ST 3P 292 1 05 186 206 140
to C1251N/H ST 4P 362 175 256 276 210
w
ww
d i mens i o n s for Compact
om
C101 to C1 251 N/H ST
rotary hand les
.c
direct rotary handle Dimensions (mm)
A B c D E G H
C101NIHIL 193 1 10 105 24 80 64 74
Compact C 1 0 1 t o C630N/H/L Compact C801 to C1251N/H ST
C 1 6 1 NIH 193 1 10 105 38.5 80 78.5 74
C161L 268 1 85 1 05 38.5 80 78.5 74
C250N/H 193 110 140 46 80 86 9 1 .5
ls
C250L 268 185 140 46 80 86 91.5
C401NIH to 193 1 10 157.5 97 96 145 120
C630N/H ST
C401 Lto 268 185 1 57.5 97 96 145 120
C630L ST
ua
C801 to 216 1 1 0 210 1 4 1 ,5 123 200,5 179
C1251N/H ST
C801 L 306 200 210 1 4 1 ,5 123 200,5 179
C1001L
an
MCC type Direct handle Drilling Dimensions (mm)
rear door mounted through the door of the door A c D E F G H
C101NIHIL 157 105 1.5 105 130 54 52.5
C161NIH 167 105 19 105 140 71.5 52.5
1 I ,,.
+
4><010 39 39
084 C161 L 242 105 19 105 215 7 1 .5 52.5
H t 39
.t+,'- + t-1 167 140 105 140 81
tM
C250NIH 38.5 91
3+-
9 .
C250L 242 140 38.5 105 215 91 81
r+itT"'-+1
+
39 I 7, I
L+ + __j
39 I 1.. 3 4
27
ar
extended rotary handle Dimensions (mm)
8 F G* H
with door locking short shaft long shalt
lP
mini maxi mini maxi
front door mounted Drilling of the door
C101 N/HIL 1 10 186 310 310 500 64* 74
C 1 6 1 NIH 1 1 0 186 310 310 500 78.5* 74
C161L 185 261 385 385 575 78.5* 74
C250NIH 1 1 0 186 310 310 500 86* 91.5
ca
C250L 185 261 385 385 575 86* 91.5

C401NIH to 1 10 186 310 310 500 145* 1 20
C630NIH ST
C40 1 L to 185 261 385 385 575 145* 120
C630L ST
C801NIH ST 1 10 209 333 333 523 200,5* 179
tri
to
C1251N/H ST
rear door mounted Drilling of the door
C80 1 L ST 1 10 290 423 423 613 200,5* 1 7 9
C 1 0 0 1 L ST
to balance the vertical play of the axis according to

lec
distance d (equal to F-8), dimension G is to be increa

sed of:
0 mm for d < 200 when using a bracket (see acces
sories pages).
o 1 mm for 76 <:;d <:; 1 20
o 2 mm for 120 <:; d < 160 without a bracket
o 3 mm for 160 <:; d < 200
0 mm for d ;. 200 (large length shaft always supplied

with bracket).
.E
without door locking Drilling of the door

front door mounted
w
ww
d i me n s i o n s
om
remote control
.c
motor mechanism T1 01
Fixed or plug-in equipment Door cut-out
ls
,;-:
. .
.-;.
.
I
ua
.

..--""""'"-_____]_
Approximate weight: 720 g
an
motor mechanism T1 61
tM
ar
lP
Approximate weight: 720 g
motor mechanism TS1 61

ca
tri
=------=-r
r-=====..1,I
I
o 7T.s
7
lec
Approximate weight: 3 600 g

.E
w
ww
adaptable motor
mechanism
om
.c
m e c h a n i s m T250 TS250
for Compact C250N/H/L
Fixed or plug-in equipment Drilling
of the door
ls
ua
an
1 59 ----
m ec h a n i s m T401 1 630 and TS401 /400/ 630
tM
or
for Compact C401/C400/C630N/H/L
Fixed or plug-in equipment Drilling
of the door
ar
'L_h r
,.------- --
1 _ , ,_ _, ... _...
,.. I 116 5
I .-- - -- --1 96,5 '
I I I
lP
I
I
I 108
I
I
I
I
I
ca
I
r----=.. r =-u-:.:rr-:..
159
tri
rr. otor mechanism T801 / 1 001 / 1 251 and TS801 / 1 00 1 /1 251

for Compact C801 to C1251N/H/L ST
T type TS type
Fixed equipment Drilling Fixed equipment Drilling
lec
of the door of the door

N - H : 263,5
L : 353,5 -
.E
: +- 3
w
1-- 216
of circuit breaker
ww
Drawout equipment : the corresponding door cutouts are

The dimensions of the remote control identical to those indicated above for the
modules on Compact drawout circuit remote control modules on fixed circuit
breakers C801 / 1 00 1 and 1 25 1 N/H/L and breakers.
Weight (kg)
motor mechanism weight
for
d i mensions with 2 Compact
C 1 01 N/H/L
om
automatic s o u rce changeover to C1 251 N/H
.c
Compact changeover Drilling diagrams
horizontal rails mounted vertical rails mounted
C1 01 N/H/L to
C1 61 N/H/L Front connected
Fixed equipment rail-mounted
C101 NIHIL 210,5

C161 NIH 210,5
ls
C161 L 285,5
ua
1.

I
.::::L- . . . I
. .
'0l' J
I
- ....:.-
-o'_ :._, I
an
'
f----- 200 15
3 or 4-pole

C250N/H/L Front connected
tM
Fixed equipment rail-mounted
ar
'
-t;r,-- 32
lP
3 or 4-pole 3 or 4 pole

C401 N/H/L to Front connected
ca
H=i"-- -,
C63QN/H/l ST
Fixed equipment
;::.:_-_-:._--
I
I I 2ao
lw-------
tri
J
36
I
: "'2
t 1:4--- =:!
j iJ S I
500
I
lec
t
32 I
250 30
.- f
Compact changeover
.E
------ -
C801 N/H/L to C1 251 N/H ST
f?i---g-
,["..:-_:-_-_-:._-:_-:r:-t
T
I I 265 625
08 ,
. - 1
-,
15
I
: "
w
IJ 11!la
I 7,!:+---- --- - =ti

_ 625 11
I

_)[
32 I .
ww
_ _
200 137
--Ur-- 32
Weights (kg)
type 3P 4P type 3P 4P
C250N/H 26.8 27.8 C40 1 N/H to C630N/H S T 30.2 32.4
.=25
C= 0c::
::.: L_____--"'
36 4 ____:3
=. ="=
9c::
A'----
-- C.
--:::- 40
1-=
L_.
t
o -'= 30
6
Ce::. :_eS
L T'----
-- 39.4
-----' 4 R
CR0 1 "-l 1 LJ C'T .. _ ,.... - -
mechanical i nterlocking
om
.c
mecha n i c a l i nterlocking Drilling diagram
Compact C101N/H/L t o C630N/H/L
with direct rotary handle

-+f- FT T9*t
r------ 220 --------t- F
""l E -r
ls
""l E -r
j
06 A 8 c D E F G
3P 4P 3P 4P
C 1 01 325 360 74 90 19 35 70 35 64
I I I I I I ,. 32 T C161 325 360 74 1 20 17,5 35 70 35 78,5
ua
I I I I I I c
Li -J' _.l
C250 360 405 91,5 180 25 45 90 47,5 9 1 ,5
L - ld -
C401 377,5 430 122 240 25
to
52,5 105 52,5 122
C630 ST
3 o r 4-pole
an
mechanical i nterlocking Drilling diagram
Compact C801 to C1251 N/H/L ST
with direct rotary handle
tM C 1 61 N/H/L A
C801
to
C1251N/H/L ST
3P
430
4P
8 C D E
3P 4P
F
570 1 79 240 74 1 40 2 1 0 70 200,5

G
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
d i mensions I N63T to I N630
om
l nterpact I N63T to I N2500
.c
lnterpact IN63T Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of
Fixed equipment
r------, _t
-.y
bl-
ls
I
.=_-::_-jI !,
157
I
I ---
I 1' 55
ua
j_ I-- 73 -----r-
I
46 -----!-
3 or 4-pole 3 or 4-pole
l nterpact I N 1 25T/IN1 60T Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of

an
pane! or rail-mounted
Fixed equipment
tM 3 or 4-pole
ar
lnterpact IN250 Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of
pane! or rail-mounted front or rear connected front connected
Fixed equipment
t;tn5to( -.to
lP
15 . )'i2Bial
! 6-\ - 90-'47,51-)
ca
l I I
tt=--"_31-7-
1 a
I I I
,-
I
q
A..c-+-1 l_
' I
;: : -.:-rl25
-
<-aa-!--- 137 ---1 15 -!-45 t45HH--!-2s
-- - 2 30 -- --l
tri
l nterpact I N400/IN630 Front or rear Drilling diagrams Drilling of

connected panel-mounted raH-mounted the door
lec
Fixed equipment

h
_ J _ rs
C+
17,5 3slal
6 ,..:--105 --'52,51-) ,06---\_,__ 105 -"--i52,5- 32
--
r - --- --.--J
-.:::_p\ro olO+
t'="'b.!.GL vi tq

l
-
r - .J f'l\ .
I I ', I I I 14I 3
I 1o
.E
195 1 180 I '

I
I I
I I I . I I I -----!- !.
__
: i_ - -;---
s2,s:s2,sis2.s--h 1 \--- - 153 -- 123,5--+-
17,5 26
w
ww
IN1 000 to I N2500
om
.c
l nterpact I N 1 000/IN1 600 Front connected Drilling diagram Drilling of
:::::'
pane! or rail-mounted panel or rail-mounted the door
ls
--- 200 ---: 23,5
110 --t- <----- :g----+--
1 r- -, r-""1 r-. ,.., 1 I I r-w ,- ., rl
--- .L- ....L J.. ....L .L.....L l.. ...L r---.L....I. L... ....L .L. ....r.. L... ....r..
ua
t -
I I
4
I I I I
I I 1ao I I 18s
T'"""'r'r""Tr""Tr5
I
I I I
I I I
L - - r .,.
L. .....l L.. ....l L...J '--' .... ....
an
I 188
15 I
----- 180 43P:P:

I
----- 43P:340
P: 410 ---
-------' 3P/4P
lnterpact I N2500 Front connected Drilling diagram Drilling of
tM
panel or rail-mounted panel or rail-mounted the door
15
-+---
1 n-- 120 _.___
+--cl- '
__ 120 120 _;_
1 '
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
Weight ( kg)
type No of poles type No of poles
3 4 3 4
I N63T 0.75 0.80 IN400 4.3 4.7
A 0 h,
1""\ l=nr mar connection only (!eft hand side hole useless
d i mensions rotary handle
mechanical i nterlocking
om
l nterpact I N63T to I N2500 (continued)
.c
extended rotary handle Dimensions (mm)
type M N ct' e 9
lnterpact IN63T to IN630 lnterpact IN1 000 to IN2500 Drilling of the door mini maxi
IN63T 29.5 19 1 80 306 35 50 44
I N 1 25T 44 22.5 180 306 35 50 44
I N 1 60T
IN250 68'' 33 180 306 43.5 45.5 65
ls
IN400 7r 45 1 80 306 43.5 45.5 65
IN630
I N 1 000 67.5* 65 180 306 43.5 46.5 97
I N 1 600
ua
IN2500 67.5'' 65 22 388 43.5 46.5 97
>f To balance the vertical play of the axis dimension M is
to be increased of 3 mm for d > 220mm.
lateral rotary handle Dimensions ( m m )
an
lnterpact H L M d
lnterpact IN63T to IN160T Drilling of the door mini maxi
IN63T 1 18 155 67 30 200
I N 1 25T 1 32 202 84 30 200
I N 1 60T
tM
ar
mechanical interlocking Dimensions (mm)
lnterpact A B c D E F G
lnterpact JN63T t o IN1 60T Drilling diagram
IN63T 295 101 60 1 2,5 45 2 1 ,5 29,5
I N 1 25T 345 147,5 90 19 70 35 44
175 --------j F I N 1 60T
;.+
lP
-;- E +. 11
1 06 '-
'rr=i"f ,-, +f!f- f :

I
-
I I I .:32
lp :wJ 1
I I I I c
bt 5-js\_l
ca
3 o r 4-pole
lnterpact IN250 to IN630 Drilling diagram Dimensions (mm)

lnterpact A B C D E F G
tri
39 maxi
IN250 522 199 1 20 25 90 47,5 68
IN400 570 235 1 80 25 105 52,5 77
IN630
lec
3 or 4-pole
.E
w
ww
Weight (kg)
type No of poles type No of poles
3 4 3 4
IN63T 0.75 0.80 IN630 4.8 5.3
IN125T 1 .4 1 .5 I N 1 000 12 15
IN160T 1 .4 1 .5 IN1600 15 18
IN21i0 ') 7
d i mensions
om
Fupact U CSO to U D630T
.c
ls
ua
Fupact UC1 25/UD125/UD1 60 Fupact U D250T
an
tM
ar
Fupact U D400T Fupact U D630T
lP
ca
I 12,5
-++-- 3f ----1- 50 _;_
tri
294 4P,4f
Adjustment limits of the length of the shaft Drilling of the door

type A (mm)
short shaft lonq shaft
lec
ucso 1 40-200 262-340

U063 1 40-200 220-360
U C 1 25, U D 1 25,
145-200 230-360
U D 1 60
U0250T, UD400T 235-345 445-555
U0630T 260-350 340-420
.E
w
ww
tri p p i n g cu rves Compact C1 OOE to C600E
om
.c
Compact C100E Compact C225E Compact C400E
trip unit release 0 1 25, 0 1 50
100()() t(sl
"- o
.
5000 ct-l
ls
lh-- "
+ t
2000
1000
1000
.
. ,
500 ' 500
jC 200
200
ua
lJ() +1- 100
50 n 50
20 20
10 10
... \:
an
1 1 +-
'ft---'-,++--4--i+-f-+ " h-+-'+--'1
0.5 05 05 1f-'-+t---+-++H-'-+ - 3+4++-'--i
---":-'-
of
-T-T 'f
Q2 02 02 -
: -c+r _
_rl . .+-++
_ ....
. ,.
-_; - -
0.1 0.1 0.1 .
0.05 0.05 005 i-: --- --
; :.
0.02 Q02 :f, E' 002
001 ' . c . .
tM
0.01
0.005 0005
0.002
cdE 0002 . l
- ' . - .

0.001 f 0.001 .. '
05 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 05 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 lOO 200 1/!r
ambient compensation ambient compensation ambient compensation

ar
lP
08 0.8
ca
a. 7o-:-':
1 0- : ----:
2o
::- : --:3c!o
o--"
o o-----:
=----:5c!o 6o
o: c--.-
c
Compact C225E Compact C600E

trip unit release 0 1 75, 0225
tri
ts)
10000 10000 t(s)
l l . _ ,
5000 5000
. .; :
1
1h 1h-
2000 i . .. , , 2000
i\ :
1000 \ 1000
lec
500 '\ - 500 : \ . . 1

\\.1'1.--:- p
.
200 :\ 200
,
100
;;
\ 1'\ ' V 100 !i ,"\,;V''li. 2
50 ' _, y 50 : 'I.'. 7
1 \ \f''i, N
,
20 : v 20
10 i'!' . .
10
. . 2 5 1'. '
'" !" , : -
.E
..'_. 3
, ,.
1 I'
05H--r-+-+--- 05
:
o.oztt=:
1H :st:tttlf3:1;;t';ttj
QZH--rr--+ 02 :: . . . . .
\
0.\ H--:-nr-_,.....+:-ic-.h-:bb'?rl '-'3'+--+-'-11-+
' '-'1' - -'1
o.osrr-r-++H;:. r;:"JI>:"
.c.
' .c; + ' -++- "+-

, 0.05
002
r-
100
- DO\
'
0005-+---+-++=4-'1 0.005 ..
w
O.OOZH---tr--+H....,-t--+--t--++- -'-,.j
'
osP4='l'z::9:3iJ45R7'a6zop:;;!30?=:50870100200bl/!r
Q002
1
0001 0.00\
05 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 200 1/lr
ww
ambient compensation ambient compensation

Here after the following curve s :
1 : m i n i a n d maxi thermal cold start tripping, coef.
-- --- -- ---
1 .3
2 : mini and maxi thermal hot start tripping, - - - --- --- - - - ---
3: magnetic threshold \ 2 -- - - - -- - - - - -- -
----- ----- -- - - -
Note - - - -- ---- --- - -
1 '
the variation of the tripping time is -
given according to 1/lr (I real current, =
. . .. - - - sooA'
-
--- -,
and lr =
maximum value of the breaking
trip unit rating for the ambient temperature
of 40 C).
'
thPA ,... , , ,.., , ,... _ -
Compact C1 00NF and F1 50N
om
Compact C 1 01 N/H/L
Compact C161 N/H/L
.c
Compact C100NF ( 1 P) Compact C101 N/H Compact C1 61N/H
10000
t(s) t[s) , 10000
t\S)
10000
5000 .., t : . . 5000 r.r 5000
:
1h-- i, ,l 1h-- ln-- .. . '
2000 fT
ls
2000 2000
1000 1000 1000
i ' '
500 500 ,\ . .
''!! _._ r' l-t-If j _:_ J- -u- -;__If::;
200 200
' :t 1- f-1 -g 1::1 -f I ---! tt-::-: ,\\
1:r: , 0-t
100 2 100 1
ua
50 1 J . ---r =-p := z-;r 50 \ \ f-;:V
-s } t , , \. 1\'
:
2D
' \ ,/1'1, } 20
. i--
-.:r t i.f -y+ "-:1
10 \!' "\ f_E-t
10 \ \ 2
,__ -:::t -'!"' :i-.}1
5 :\ \ \ IV
'
\.---
1 1 '-
an
0.5
' 05
'
I'll
02 02
!
Q1 1 I'
005 !
0.05
0.02
0,01
if
tM
0005
i
0002
3
000 1 ! I
0,5 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 lOO 200 1/lr

ar
coef. coef.
1 .3 1 .3 - ..
1 1
lP
0.9 0.9 - - - --
0.8 0B
o
ca
. 7 o!--
- -,1":-
0--c2":-
o--c3":-
0--4":-
0--c5'o:
o--c6":-
o--.-
c
Compact C 1 0 1 L Compact C1 6 1 L
tri
t\sl
10000
5000
1h .
2DOO
1000
lec
i
500
200
100 HI\ 1
50 \ -::::
\i'. x
\ \
20
10 2
\ '\' ..--/
.E
'
1 IY
05
:
02
0.1 "\
:r :--!_ -=1- t 005
-- - f -:-r -; 0.02
- _; '----t
001 -
: !d >-r_:: -,;:: i1- = r--
L ! l _ !_ l_; ]_ !-_:: - FJ1 -t?;
w
0005
-
0.002 -f=t_r ffl J: 0.002
3
- --- t :.L!:J !: + + !?" -r. ..:ti;-r
0.001 -"- t 0,001 I
05 2 3 4 5 7 '!0 20 33 50 70 100 200 ilk 05 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 \ lr
ww
ambient compensation ambient compensation
coef. coet.
1.3 - - - - 1 3
12 1 2
tri p p i ng cu rves Compact C250N/H/L to
C630N/H/L
om
.c
Compact C250N/H Compact C401 NIH Compact C630N/H
I (SI t(s)
10000 10000
5000 J 5000 ..1

I ll
lh-- i-- 1h-- --
2000 2DOO
1\
ls
1000 1000 i\ /
1U ' 1U \
\\"-'\-
500 500
'.\"'
\l
200 200
100 \\ 100
[)
ua
50 \ 50 \
2D \[;'JI; .... 20 \X I"
10 i'. 10 ' I'.
-
1 3 1 3
-
an
OS 0.5
02 02
1 01
005 005
I---
002 0.02
001 001
tM
0005 0,005
0002 0002
--"'f- --- ------ - -

0001 0001
0.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30
-30 70 100 200 1//r 05 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 !/lr
- -- --
ar
coef. coef.
1 .3 ,-- --- -
- - -- 1 .3 - -
!---+---- - - --- f----
1 .2 ------- - 1 .2 - - - - - - -- t----- ---
.=t'S;::.
--
1 .1 -- ----+-----+- - --- 1------ 1 .1 - - --
1---+--- ----t--+- -- ---

lP
1 ----------4---
0.9 ==f-- __ 0 9 -- -
0.8 -- --- -
-- ;---- - 08 - -- --
- -- -- c--- -- ----
0 7oc---:eo -,Lo,.---- 0 7o O. l L___..J,---.,C,.---"--.L----,L--,J
ca
1 :;--;;;
2o,---:J"=
o----, o -----
4':- so::-
-o' --6 .c ' 10 20 30 40 50 60 O 1O 20 30 4O SO 6::---
0 -
.
C
Compact C250L Compact C401 L Compact C630L
t(s)
l
tis)
tri
10000 tlsl
10000 10000
5000
.l
l
1h- 5000 5000

t
2000 1h- lh--
1
2000
1000 \ 2000
,v 1000 !\ /
\ 1000 .
\1 f.\ \-\
500
1\
500 500
lec
200 I 2 \ 1\ 200
ro , \) '). 200
100 ' \ ' 100 '.\

'
50 ,
.... :> I)'
\.1\::-.. ""--
50
'X
50
20
...
20 'IX ..... 2D I'
10
' 10 f !'l, 10 [\.
5
""
-... .... r,
.E
1 3 1 1
5 1--- 05 ---= 3 05 f.--= 3
02 02 ---- 02
f---
/ -
0J 0J 01
0.05 005 005
002 0.02 002

-1--..
001 001 001
0005
r-r- ....... .......
0005 0005
w
0002 0002 0.002
____ 1____ - - -----

0001 0001 0001
05 4 200 1 /r 4
- ----
2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 05 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 1-lr 0.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 /l!r
- --- =-J=-= ::::-:.:::_ ==:_=

ww
coef. coef
1 .3 !----,-----, 1.3
- -- +----
1 .2 -
=
--1
1 1 ----- -
-
- - - -:.-:.-:.::__ -:.-:.:: _
0.9 -- -
Compact C400N/H/L ST and
om
C630N/H/L ST
Compact C801 N/H/L to
C1251 N / H ST
.c
Compact C400N/H/L ST and C630N/H/L ST Compact C801N/H/L S T t o C1251N/H ST
ST204S control unit STR25DE control unit
ls
, , , ,
1000
500
200
100 \.
ua
50
20
10
an
Q5
Q2
0.1
005
002
0,01
. . ':
tM
0005
0,002
0001
05 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 1(1< 2 3 4 5 10
=
tr long t1me delay protection threshold (LRJ In = current rating of sensor
lr = long time setting
I = instantaneous pick-up
ar
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST
STR35SE/ME control unit STR35GE control unit
lP
ca
10 -
tri
0.21111
0\
lec
0.05
0
0(12
0.01 !"'
. mJ:gmiEii'ffitljt't$-n1
o.oos'fff#lffimmrn
oHnm
oro'p!H!J?:!f:!j:?Jm 4
2 11\n
5 10
.E
In = current rating of sensor In = current rating o f sensor

lr = long time setting lr = long time setting
lm = short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3) lm = short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3)
- - - If lr = In - - - If lr = In
*INST , C801 - C1001 N-H i C801 - C1001 L ' C1251 N-H *INST , C801 - C1001 N-H ' C801 - C1001 l C1251 N-H
xln ' 15 18 1, 1 2 xln 1 15 ' 8 i 12
w
ww
tri pp i n g cu rves Compact C801 N/H/L ST to
C1 251 N/H ST
om
.c
Compact C801 N/H/L to C1251 N/H ST Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST
STR45BE control unit STR55UE control unit
_1h
'""
ls
ua
an
0.1
O.D1
tM
0001
10/n
In = current rating of sensor In = current rating of sensor

lr long time setting lr long time setting
tr time band delay tr = time band delay
lm - short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0,1 - 0,2 - 0,3) lm = short time pick-up (time band delay 0 - 0, t - 0,2 - 0,3)
ar
--- if lr = In
lP
Compact C801N/H/L ST to C1251N/H ST Compact C801 N/H/L ST to C1251 N/H ST

Earth fault protection (T) Load monitoring ( R )
ca
tri
lec
.E
In = current rating of sensor I n = current rating o f sensor

lh earth fault pick-up lr = long time setting
(time band delay 0,1 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4) - - - closing of contacts
--- opening of contacts
w
ww
Compact C400N/H/LI ST and
om
C630N/H/L ST
Compact C801 N/H/L ST to
C1 251 N/H ST
.c
ambient compensation of C400N/H/l ST ambient compensation of C630N/H/L ST
coef. In{A) coef. ln(A)

1
0 . 94
ls
0.9
0.88
0.81
ua
0.75
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 oc 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 oc
an
ambient compensation of C801 N/H/L ST tM
ambient compensation of C1 001 N/H/L ST ambient compensation of C1251N/H/L ST
ar
coef. In(A) C801 N/Hil ST coel. In(A) C1001N/H ST coef. In( A) C 1 251 N/H ST
1 800 1 1 000 1 1250
0.96 1 200
0.99 790 0.95 950
0.93 1 1 60
lP
910 0.92 1 1 50
0.98 780 0.9 900
0.88 1 1 00
0.97 770 0.85 850

0.84 1050
ca
0.95 760 0.8 800 0.8 1 000
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 oc 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 oc 20 25 30 35 .o 45 50 55 60 "C
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
C o m pact 1 1 to 1 250 A
om
moulded case c i rcuit breakers :
typical specifications
.c
general construction operation
MCCB shall comply with IEC 947-2 or operating mechanism shall be of the Each pole of the MCCB shall be provided
corresponding standards in member quick make break type, with the speed of with bi-metallic thermal element for
countries (BS 4752 ; VDE 0660; UTE operation independent of the operator, overload protection and magnetic element
63120). and mechanically trip free from the for short circuit protection. The thermal
The breaking capacities of the circuit operating handle so as to prevent the release shall be of the adjustable type and
breakers shall be at least equal to the contacts from being held closed against could be equipped with sealing facility.
ls
prospective fault level at the point of the short circuit and overload conditions. The MCCB of 250 A size and above with
distribution system where the breakers operating mechanism shall be constructed termal magnetic trip unit will be provided
are installed, unless the limitation capacity to operate all poles in a multi-pole breaker with interchangeable trip unit.
of an upstream breaker allows cascading. simultaneously during opening, closing Above 400 A, the trip unit could be of the
ua
all MCCB shall be designed for and tripped conditions. solid state type energised by internally
horizontal or vertical mounting without any the breakers shall be operated by a mounted current transformer.
adverse effect on electrical performance. toggle which shall clearly indicate the It shall not require any external power
if shall be possible to reverse feed the three fundamental positions ON, OFF and supply to operate the tripping mechanism.
breaker without reduction in performance. TRIPPED.
they shall be available in fixed, plug-in if required, rotary handles can equip the
an
or withdrawable models and in 3-pole or breaker.
4-pole versions. the breaking and extinction of the
electrical arc shall be achieved by means
of non-welding contacts and an arc chute
surrounding these contacts.
the current limiting MCCB with very
tM
high breaking capacity shall be made of
two parts :
o a standard circuit breaker to operate on
small and medium fault currents
o a current limiter block to operate on
large short circuit currents.
ar
the current limiter block shall be of
electro mechanical type (fuse free) and
fitted to the standard breaker.
the standard operating mechanism shall
be constructed so that the handle of the
lP
circuit breaker indicates the real position

of the contacts to ensure a positive break
indication.
the breakers will have a double
insulation of the front face allowing field
ca
installable auxiliaries without insulating the

unit.
all accessories and electrical auxiliaries
such as shunt trip or undervoltage
release, auxiliary contact, motor
mechanism shall be manufactured in such
tri
a way that they can be easily field

installable.
all electrical auxiliaries shall be
equipped with built-in control terminals.
all internal electrical auxiliaries shall be
lec
of snap in type.
.E
w
ww
Com pact C M
om
630 t o 3200 A
.c
6 Compact C M
page
presentation 1 50
characteristics 1 54
Visucompact CM1250 to 2500 1 55
1 56
ls
remote control
auxiliaries 1 57
wiring diagrams 1 58
connection 1 59
ua
part numbers 1 60
dimensions 1 62
tripping curves 164
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
Com pact C M Compact C M circuit breaker
om
p resentat i o n
.c
ls
ua
an
Switch
choice of the c i rcuit

Visucompact
sta n d ards
tM Compact with remote control
Visible break disconnection

ar
A variant, the Visucompact CM, complying
breaker T h e Compact CM complies with the with French Standard C 1 3 - 1 00, performs
following standard s : visible breaking \ 1 l .
The source ( o r incoming) circuit breaker,
I E C 947-2
the main outgoing circuit breakers, and R emote control
UTE NF C 63-120
the secondary (or divisional) outgoing
lP
VDE 0660 The remote control performs opening and

circuit breakers should be chosen so that: closing of the Compact CM on orders
BS 4752
their rating is at least equal to the coming from push-buttons, changeover
UL 489 (Special variants)
current rating of the outgoer considered ; switches or relays. It is fixed to the front
their breaking capacity is at least equal face of the circuit breaker.
to the short circuit current calculated at c i rcuit p rotection and
ca
the level considere d ;

control function tropical isahon
discrimination can be ensured with the
downstream protective device. The C M 1 250 to CM3200 circuit T h e Compact C M circuit breakers, their
breakers fitted with the STCM 1 trip unit variants and accessories are tropicalised
ensure protection and control of circuits. and meet :
p re se ntati o n of the range IEC 68-2-30 Damp heat
tri
T h e Compact C M 1 250, C M 1 600, CM2000, function of protective IEC 68-2-2 Dry heat
CM2500 and CM3200 circuit breakers IEC 68-2- 1 1 Salt mist
extend the Compact range up to 3200A. device d is c r i m i nation o n IEC 68-2-1 Cold temperature withstand.
They benefit from Merlin Geri n ' s vast s h o rt c i rcuits
experience in insulating moulded cases,
lec
and present all the advantages of

T h e C M 1 250 t o CM3200 circuit breakers instal lation
performance and functions which are the fitted with STCM2 or STCM3 trip units P l The Compact CM i s installed on a panel
strong points of this range. In particular, enable time discrimination to b e obtained or o n metal supports. It i s fixed at 4
they require no maintenance whatsoever. u p to the instantaneous trip threshold points accessible from the front, and
Fitted at the outset with a solid state trip (35 kA rms). This characteristic makes full located on the rear vertical plane. For
unit, they take another step forward i n discrimination with most Compact circuit control access through the door, two cut
protection o f i nstallations. breakers possible. outs can be envisaged :
.E
They exist in three-pole and four-pole either to the control handle alone, with
versions( 1 l . other functions the position indicators and locking
They are fixed and front connecting. devices,
Control o f circuits
They come i n two version s : a standard or, i n addition to the above parts, to the
The Compact C M 1 6001 to CM32001
version and a type H version with a higher switch is identical in presentation to the trip unit setting adjustments.
breaking capacity. Compact CM circuit breaker. Its auxiliaries The equipment can be supplied from
and accessories are identical to those of upstream or downstream indifferently.
h i g h performances the Compact CM.
w
Breaking capacity Positive break indication

The breaking capacity is the same The Compact CM gives a positive
whatever the rating of the break indication. The handle can only
ww
equipment : indicate the "OFF" position if all the

standard version : 70 kA rms under contacts are actually open and separated
380/4 1 5 V (according to IEC) ; by a suitable distance. Similarly, it i s
type H version : 85 kA rms under only in t h i s position that padlocking
380/41 5 V (according to IEC) ( 2 l . i s possible. If the equipment has an
Discrimination auxiliary contact block, this position
The Compact CM enables full is also visualised by an additional
discrimination to be obtained with most mechanical indicator.
Compact circuit breakers.
STCM trip u nit
om
test kit
.c
ls
ua
an
STCM2
The STCM is a solid state trip unit fitted the STCM3 carries out the same Selection of setting
to all the Compact CM circuit breakers. It functions as the STCM2, with in addition a The trip unit operating threshold can b e
is supplied by sensors built into the high threshold earth fault protection adjusted a s a function o f the circuit
tM
circuit breaker, and operates without an (greater than 500 A) . breaker sensor current ratings In given
auxiliary supply source. The settings are below.
accessible from the front. Three types of Protection testing
trip unit are available: On the STCM2 and STCM3, a connector Compact CM 1 250 1 600 2000 2500 3200
the STCM1 for protection against : enables the user to check the processing Phase In 1 250 1 600 2000 2500 3200
o overloads (long time delay), adjustable. unit by means of a multi-voltage test kit Neutral In 630 800 1 000 1 250 -
ar
o short circuits (instantaneous), supplied as an option.
adjustable. Adjustment of the setting is carried out
the STCM2 has a wider adjustment Fault indication on all the poles simultaneously, including
range than the STCM 1. It offers the When tripping on a fault occurs, it is neutral for the four-pole Compact with
possibility of time discrimination and indicated in two ways : protected neutral.
lP
provides protection against: o mechanically by the red SDE indicator,
o overloads (long time delay), adjustable. o electrically by closing microswitch.
o short circuits, adjustable threshold and

time delay (short time delay). SDE operation
Discrimination is obtained on settings A, o local manual resettin g : the SDE has to
be pressed in to close the circuit breaker.
ca
B, C and setting 0 gives instantaneous

o automatic resettin g : it i s not necessary
tripping.
to press the SDE in to close the circuit
breaker.
tri
lec
.E
A portable test kit with connecting cables

can be used to test the STCM2 or STCM3
The voltage supply to this test kit can be
1 1 0-1 27-220-240 V (50160 Hz).
I
w
type trip units.

-----
ww
Cottl p act C M
om
p resentat i o n
.c
CM circuit breaker
1 terminal pad
2 cover fixing screw
3 auxiliary circuit connection terminal
block
4 main and auxiliary contact position
ls
indicator
5 padlocking device
6 key-locking device
7 opening push-button
ua
8 operating handle and position indicator
9 SDE: fault current trip indicator;
the SDE is used for local resetting
10 test kit connector
1 1 long and short time delay protection
with time delay setting adjustment.
an
tM
11
10
ar
lP
9 8 7
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
om
.c
composition
a CM circuit breaker
b 4th pole
c electronic trip unit
d Visucompact
e auxiliaries contact
ls
f undervoltage release MN
g shunt release MX
h handle extension
j cover
ua
k remote control
voltage release models

shunt release :
o with self-breaking contact MX:
continuous MXP: shunt release
an
o
undervoltage release:
o instantaneous M N :
o with static delay M N P
----- a
tM
ar
lP
f g
b
ca
tri
lec
1 -------
.E
w
k
ww
n"nP. 1 54
Compact C M
om
Dimensions page 162

Part numbers page 160
Presentation page 1 50
.c
Compact CM1250N CM1250H CM1600N CM1600H CM2000N CM2000H CM2500N CM2500H CM3200N CM3200H
rated current In (A) 40 C 1 250 1 250 1600 1 600 2000 2000 2500 2500 3200 3200
45 C 1 250 1250 1 540 1540 1930 1 930 2410 2410 3100 3100
50 C 1 250 1250 1470 1470 1 840 1 840 231 0 2310 3000 3000
55 C 1 250 1250 1 400 1400 1 750 1 750 2200 2200 2800 2800
60 C 1250 1250 1330 1 330 1 660 1660 2075 2075 2700 2700
rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 750
ls
rated operational voltage Ue (V) AC 50/60 Hz 690
DC
number of poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3 3
rated ultimate breaking capacity 220/240 v 85 1 25 85 125 85 125 85 125 85 1 25
ua
AC leu (kA rms) l 1 } according 380/415 V 70 85 70 85 70 85 70 85 70 85
to IEC 947-2 440 V 65 85 65 85 65 85 65 85 65 85
(P1 according to IEC 1 57-1 ) 500 V 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
(1) defined for a power factor of : 660/690 V 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
0.5 if 6 < kA rms <; 10
0.3 if 1 0 < kA rms<;20
an
0.25 if 20 < kA rms .; 50
0.2 if kA rms > 50
(2) LIR .;; 0,015 s
rated ultimate breaking capacity DC <;;; 250 V
leu (kA) according to IEC 947,2 1 2 } 500 V
rated service breaking capacity % of leu 50 %
utilisation category ace. to IEC 947-2 8
tM
rated short time 32
kA (rms)
withstand current lew (kA)/At t (s)1
suitability for isolation in ace. with IEC 947-2 yes
double case insulated front face no
rated impulse withstand volta9e Uimp kV 8
pollution degree Ill
ar
safeperimeter see scheme on page 63
Nema performances rated ultimate breaking capacity 240 v 85 1 25 85 1 25 85 1 25 85 1 25 85 125
(0-CO) according to Nema AB 1 480 v 65 85 65 85 65 85 65 85 65 85
600 v 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
making capacity lcm ace. to IEC 947-2 380 v 1 50 187 1 50 187 1 50 1 87 1 50 1 87 150 1 87
lP
kA peak 440 v 110 1 87 110 187 110 1 87 110 1 87 1 10 1 87

A C 50/60 Hz 500 v 1 10 1 10 110 110 110 1 10 1 10 1 10 110 110
600 v 110 110 1 10 110 110 110 1 10 110 110 1 10
660/690 v 1 10 1 10 110 110 1 10 110 110 110 1 10 1 10
ca
power loss three phase (W) breaker 210 210 330 330 390 390 525 525 700 700
Visucompact 300 300 480 480 540 540 750 750
maximum breaking time (ms) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
endurance mechanical 10 000 1 0 000 1 0 000 10 000 1 0 000 1 0 000 1 0 000 10 000 1 0 000 1 0 000
(cycle CO) electrical ln/690 V 2 000 2 000 2 000 2 000 2 000 2 000 2 000 2 000 2 000 2 000
weight (kg) 3P 41 41 41 41 46 46 63 63 83 83
tri
4P 56 56 56 56 61 61 78 78
switch version electrodynamical withstand (kA peak) 65 65 65 65
short time withstand lew 3s (kA) 32 32 32 32
weight (kg) 3P 37 42 59 79
lec
4P 52 57 74
Visucompact version weight (kg) 3P 64 64 73 92
4P 86 86 95 114
front face protection degree IP 40
sohd state tr1p unit STCM1 STCM2 STCM3
mounting on Compact CM 3P (3 }
4P, unprotected neutral
.E
4P, protected neutral

long time delay protection lr = in x . . . 0.5-0.6-0. 7-0.8-0.9-1 0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1 0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1
tripping between : 1 .05 and 1 .25 lr 1 .05 and 1 .25 lr 1 .05 and 1 .25 lr
short time delay and lm = lr x 3-4-5-6 2-4-6-8 2-4-6-8
instantaneous protection 141 accuracy + 20 % + 15 % + 15 %
setting of time delay none 0 A B C 0 A B c
maximum resettable time (ms) 0 0 35 1 25 225 0 35 125 225
maximum breaking time (ms) 50 50 120 220 330 50 1 20 220 330
w
earth fault protection It = In x . . . 0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5

accurac + 15 %15)
setting of time delay 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
maximum resettable time (ms) 0 1 35 235 345
ww
maximum breaking time (ms) 1 30 230 340 460
-- - - -
(3) For systems with distributed but unswitched neutral, a 4th sensor can be supplied separatelv nr tiu; .... ....
the 3 200 A Compact CM or four pole Compact CM.
"'""" " "
(4) All the Comn"ct ""
Com pact C M
om
Visucompact C M 1 250 t o 2500
.c
ls
ua
an
presentation i nstallation electrical auxiliaries,
tM
The Visucompact CM is a three or four The Visucompact CM is delivered in three accessories and locking
pole unit comprising : separate elements:
a disconnector for visible break a disconnector mounted on a mounting
devices
disconnection. plate All the Compact CM auxiliaries can be
a fixed Compact CM circuit breaker for a fixed Compact CM circuit breaker fitted to the Visucompact CM. Moreover
control and protection against the fitting accessories. the disconnector can accept:
ar
overcurrents. The disconnector mounting plate is 1 unit of 2 auxiliary contacts< 1 J .
The disconnection function is carried out provided with guides to make circuit a device for locking in "open" position
by high electro-dynamic withstand self breaker installation easier. by Profalux 824-04-Z key-lock (lock
compensated finger contacts, which make The electrical connection between the two supplied) ( 2 ) .
the electrical connection by direct units being by means of the high-pressure a door interlock (the door can only be
lP
engagement on the upstream side of the finger contacts, the circuit breaker can opened if the disconnector is open).
circuit breaker. easily be disconnected after the
The position of the contacts can be seen downstream connections have been
directly through a transparent screen. removed.
A pretripping system prevents on-load
ca
disconnection. The disconnector is always characteristics

fitted with an "open" position padlocking
device for 3 padlocks (not supplied) . Disconnector characteristics are at least
equivalent to those of circuit breakers on
which they are used.
The Visucompact C M therefore offers the
same performances as the Compact
tri
CM<3J.
Visucompact type CM1 250 to CM2500
rated voltage 660 V AC
number of poles 3 or 4
lec
The other characteristics are identical to

those of the Compact CM.
.E
I
w
ww
Com pact C M
om
remote control
.c
ls
ua
an
presentation The state of the circuit breaker is given by i nstallation
an indicator :
The remote control opens a n d closes the white : circuit breaker closed.
The remote control can be installed on
tM
Compact C M from a distance on orders gree n : circuit breaker open. the whole range of Compact C M circuit
from push-buttons, changeover switches These two indicators give a positive break breakers having either a shunt trip unit
or relays. indication. (MX) or an undervoltage release unit
It i s fitted to the front face of the C M 1 250 A handle fitted on the front face enables ( M N ) . It is fitted to the front of the circuit
and C M3200 circuit breakers and the the circuit breaker to be operated locally. breaker( 1 ) .
Visucompact. Like the Compact C M , the When local operation takes place, the re
remote control does not require any
ar
mote electrical closing orders are locked.
maintenance.
use
description
remote control and protection of
Equipped with a gear motor, t h e remote circuits with a low operating rate ;
lP
control ensures charging of operating daily opening and closing of a circuit

mechanism and closing of the circuit from a control desk;
breaker i n the same cycle. non-priority circuit load-shedding and
remote opening is carried out by the
restoring control.
MX shunt release or the MN or M N R
ca
undervoltage release.
local opening is carried out by a
pushbutton.
tri
Compact type Compact CM1 250 to CM3200

supply voltage (A) AC 50 Hz 48 1 10 1 27 220 240 380 41 5
60 Hz 1 20 1 27 240 265 277 440 480
DC 24 30 48 1 00 1 10 1 25 220
lec
consumption on closing AC (all voltages) VA 700

DC (all voltages) w 700
reponse time (under Un) closin : T < 1 .5 s
opening: circuit breaker opening time
operating limits voltage : 0.85 to 1 . 1 Un at 40 C
endurance CO cycles (IEC) 10 000
.E
max operating rate 2 cycles per minute

fault contact (SDE)
w
ww
Compact C M
om
electrical auxi l i aries and accessories
.c
i nstallation of auxiliaries
Auxiliaries can be easily fitted without contact which has to be wired to 2
adjustment by means of 2 fixing screws. separate terminals supplied).
Each auxiliary unit has a precabled This terminal is accessible from the front
connection terminal (except the SDE without removing the cover.
ls
auxiliary contacts
1 unit including 2 OF contacts of Fitting possibilities
ua
changeover type with common point to In addition to the voltage release, each
indicate open or closed; circuit breaker can accept auxiliary
1 unit including 4 O F contacts of contacts in the combinations given below:
changeover type with common point to OF SO SOE
indicate open or closed, associated with 2
an SO contact of changeover type with
4
an
common point which indicates the circuit
breaker discharged position following 4
tripping either by the static trip unit or by Electrical characteristics
the voltage release units ;
auxiliaries ty:e OF so SOE
1 SDE contact (electrical fault signal), a
closing contact which indicates circuit rated current (A) 2 2 2
breaker discharged position following breaking AC 240 V 6 5 2
tM
tripping by the static trip unit only. capacity 480 V 6 5
This contact cannot be fitted in Compact 600 V 3 3
CM load break switches. DC 24 V 3 3 2
48 V 3 3 1 .2
1 25 v 0.5 0.5 0.4
ar
4 OF + SO unit
250 V 0.25 0.25 0.2
voltage releases
Fitting possibilities o delayed action by static time delay
lP
Whatever the type of Compact CM, its (MNR);

rating and the number of poles, only one or a shunt trip
voltage release can be fitted per circuit o with self-breaking contaot (MX),
breaker, either: o continuous (MXP) ; a derivative o f the
an undervoltage release MX trip unit, it can remain continuously
ca
o instantaneous ( M N ) , under voltage to prevent closing.
Electrical characteristics
supply: voltage see page 1 61
undervoltage release operation between 0.35 and 0.7 U n
tri
unit consumption (all voltages) inrush hold

instantaneous ( M N ) AC (VA) 200 80
Shunt trip unit (MX) t i m e delayed ( M N R )
DC (W) 45 3
opening time 50 ms
lec
accessories: static time delay set from 0.5 to 1 s

shunt trip unit operation between 0.7 and 1 . 1 U n
self-breaking ( MX ) consumption (all voltages) inrush
AC (VA) 110
D C (W) 1 20
opening time 50 ms
.E
shunt trip unit operation between 0.7 and 1 . 1 U n

continuous ( MXP) ( 1 1 consumption (all voltages) inrush hold
AC (VA) 200 80
DC (W) 45 3
opening time 50 ms
Undervoltage release unit (MN)
(1) a derivative of the MN trip unit, it can remain continuously under voltage while preventing closing.
locking devices
w
On illustration opposite : The following locking devices can be

-
1 key-lock supplied on request:
ww
2 - padlock device open position padlocking device

(padlock not supplied).
a device for locking i n open position by
Profalux KS5824 key-lock supplied, key
shape identical to Profalux V1 1 -1 8 .
On request, Ronis N2070 type lock, key
shape identical to Ronis 1 1 04 or EL1 1 AP.
C o m pact C M
om
w i r i n g d i a g rams
.c
XR connection terminals
wiring diagram with : K self-supply relay
MX shunt release with self-breaking contact
remote control manual control MN undervoltage release
MXP continuous shunt release
right-hand terminal block right-hand terminal block M electrical operating mechanism motor
M2 cover opening interlock
QF CM circuit breaker
BPO opening pushbutton
ls
YS fault trip lock-out and reset
SDE fault trip indication
XR connection terminals
R additional resistance for U > 220 V AC or DC
ua
an
used for internal Voltage releases
operation of
MJ'!.
remote control
MNR
MX
tM
MXP
Left-hand terminal block
f
s
LIID- -
ar
-- - -- = -
- r: - r T -
diagram no. 698596 for local manual reset
I E
lP
--r -,
r - -1 -
f:-, I I
E e f :
I
*
E I
1 I I I
t r
I I
:
s2 64 n 74 I I
$I 11
ca
-f,- +
I I
I
1
a I 1 I
- - - - -
I
61 11
1 I 1 I
I I I
I I A':_ _c2 l c2 1 2 1 1 4 1 22
tri
.-
4- -
--
- - MX
lec
14-----++--+--- MN
- -t
I
-g-
I
.E
Il
- <bi-1 - - 7 - BPO
- -
w
ww
Com pact C M
om
connect i o n
.c
Compact C M connection
For the 1 250, 1 600 and 2000 A ratings, For the 2500 A rating, the circuit breaker For the 3200 A rating, the basic circuit
the equipment is supplied with bare is always supplied with a set of orientable breaker includes connectors enabling
terminals. A set of orientable connectors connectors on the middle phase. connection to be made by means of
can be supplied as an option. The bars These connectors must be used to horizontal edgewise bars.
can then be fitted in all the usual connect the bars.
ls
directions. However, the neutral and outside
terminals are supplied bare. Sets of
conn ectors can be supplied for these
terminals as an optional extra.
ua
1 250-1 600-2000 A ratings 2500 A rating
an
tM
Horizontal or vertical Horizontal or vertical Horizontal flat bars Vertical edgewise bars Horizontal edgewise bars Vertical edgewise bars
flat bars on bare edgewise bars with with connectors. with connectors. with connectors. with connectors.
terminals. connectors.
3200 A rating
ar
lP
Horizontal edgewise bars

with connectors.
ca
Visucompact CM connection
The method of connection to the
(upstream) disconnector terminals is the
same as for the Compact CM. Only the
tri
distance between fixing centres and the

dimensions of the terminal differ (see
overall dimensions).
The connectors are the same as for the
Compact CM, and the bar orientation and
lec
arrangement possibilities are the same.

As for the Compact CM, the 2500 A rating
must be connected by means of the
connectors supplied with the equipment.
.E
w
ww
C o m pact C M Compact C M mccb's
Visucompact CM
om
C M 1 600 t o CM3200 Compact C M type I switches
.c
Compact CM
trip unit 3P 4P 4th earth fault protection sensor
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2 (fitted outside the circuit breaker, with STCM3 only}
j
fixed STCM1 55400 55406
Compact CM1 250 FC STCM2 55411 55417 55422
STCM3 55427 1 250 A 55528
ls
fixed STCM1 55401 55407
Compact CM1600 FC STCM2 55412 55418 55423
STCM3 55428 1 600 A 55529
j
fixed STCM1 55402 55408
Compact CM2000
ua
FC STCM2 55413 55419 55424
STCM3 55429 2000 A 55530
j
fixed STCM1 55403 55409
Compact CM2500 FC STCM2 55414 55420 55425
STCM3 55430 2500 A 55531
j
. fixed STCM1 55405
Compact CM3200
an
FC STCM2 55416
Compact CM type H
3t 3t 4t 3t + N/2 (fitted outside the circuit breaker, with STCM3 only}
j
tM
fixed STCM1 55433 55439
Compact CM1 250H FC STCM2 55444 55450 55455
STCM3 55460 1 250 A 55528
j
fixed STCM1 55434 55440
Compact CM1 600H FC STCM2 55445 55451 55456
STCM3 55461 1 600 A 55529
ar
j
fixed STCM1 55435 55441
Compact CM2000H FC STCM2 55446 55452 55457
STCM3 55462 2000 A 55530
j
fixed STC M 1 55436 55442
Compact C M2500H FC
lP
STCM2 55447 55453 55458
STCM3 55463 2500 A 55531
j
fixed STCM1 55438
Compact CM3200H FC STCM2 55449
ca
Visucompact CM
3t 3t 41 3t + N/2 (fitted outside the circuit breaker, with STCM3 only}
j
fixed STCM 1 55466 55470
Visucompact CM1 250 FC STCM2 55474 55478 55482
tri
STCM3 55486 1250 A 55528
j
t-
fixed STCM1 55467 55471
Visucompact CM1 600 FC STCM2 55475 55479 55483
STCM3 55487 1 600 A 55529
lec
fixed STCM 1 55468 55472

Visucompact CM2000 FC STCM2 55476 55480 55484
STCM3 55488 2000 A 55530
j
fixed STCM1 55469 55473
Visucompact CM2500 FC STCM2 55477 55481 55485
STCM3 55489 2500 A 55531
.E
Compact CM switches
rating 3P 4P
(A}
j
fixed 1 600 55490 55494
Compact CM1 6001 FC
j
fixed 2000 55491 55495
Compact CM20001
j
FC
w
fixed 2500 55492 55496

Compact C M25001 FC
ww
j
fixed 3200 55493
Compact CM32001 FC
auxiliaries, accessories
om
.c
electrical auxiliaries MNR (time delayed undervoltage
release)
spare parts
auxilial): switches AC 50 Hz (V) AC 60 Hz (V) for compact CM
for Comact CM toggle handle 55661

48 55687 120/127 55570
2 OF 55541 1 10 55569 240 55572 extension handle 55662
4 OF + 1 SD 55542 1 20/ 1 27 55570 440 55578 cover for 3P breaker 55663
for Visucomact CM 208/220 55571 cover for neutral pole 55664
ls
2 OF 55543 240 55572 shield for auxiliaries 55665
for remote control 380 55573 for Visucomact CM
4 OF (supplied with remote control) 55574 operating handle 55668
if
415
55676 front bezel 3 or 4P 55669
DC (V)
ua
voltage releases (for remote trieeing) 24 55580 for motor mechanism
MX (shunt triel 30 55581 cover 55670
AC 50 Hz (V) AC 60 Hz (V) toggle handle 55671
48 55582
48 55546 120/127 55547 safety handle 55672
1 10 55583
1 1 0/ 1 27 55547 240/265 55548 connectors for CM2500 NIH ST
125 55584
208/220 55548 440/480 55550 right up or left down 55673
55585
an
220
adaptable motor mechanism ( 1 )

/240
left up or right down 55674
380/4 1 5 55549 440 55550
central up or down 55675
DC (V)
AC 50 Hz (V) AC 60 Hz (V)
I
24 55544
30 55545 48 55603 120/ 1 27 55611
48 55546 110 55604 240 55613
tM
1 1 0/125 55547 127 55605 265 55614
220 55548 220/240 55607 277 55615
MXP (continuous current shunt trieJ 380 55609 440 55616
AC 50 Hz (V) AC 60 Hz (V) 415 55610 480 55617
48 55693 120 55592 DC (V)

110 55586 127 55586 24/30 55618
ar
127 55587 240 55593 48 55620
220 55588 265 55588 60 55621
240 55589 277 55594 100 55622
380/4 1 5 55591 440 55595 110 55623

125 55624
lP
480 55591
DC (V) 220 55625
24 55597
30 55598
accessories
48 55599 locking by adlocks or key lock
ca
60 55697 for Comact CM

1 10 55600
'\; for 3 eadlocks (not sueelied) 55653
TJI
125 55601 for 3 padlocks (not supplied) 55654
220 55602 + 1 Profalux 824D4Z
MN ( instantaneous undervoltage for 3 padlocks (not supplied) 55655
release) + 1 Ranis tyee 1 35 1 8
tri
AC 50 Hz (V) AC 60 Hz (V) for Visucompact CM

48 55681 120 55558 on disconnector12 1
1 10 55552 127 55552 for 3 padlocks ( not sueelied) 55656
127 55553 240 55559 1 Profalux 824D4Z 55657

lec
220 55554 265 55554 1 Ranis type 1 35 1 8 55658
240 55555 277 55560 1 door lock 55659

380/41 5 55557 440 55561 sealing accesso'I
480 55557 transparent sealable shield 55652
DC (V) for Statipact STCM trip units
24 55563
dummy trip unit (supplied with Compact CM
switch)
30 55564
for Compact CM switch 55535
.E
48 55565
1250 to 3200 A
60 55685
110 55566 testing kit
125 55567
220 55568
for trip unit STCM2 and STCM3
( 1 1 0- 1 27-220-240 V AC) 55651
w
connection
for Comact CM and Visucompact CM
ww
phase or neutral connector for

Compact CM ,; 2000 A or neutral
connector for Compact CM
,; 2500 A
1 connector 55660
4 connectors tor CM 2500
poles 1 and 3 55377
C o m pact C M Compact CM1 250 to 3200
om
d i mensions
51 ------5n- ----
418- ----
.c
Compact CM1 250 t o 2500
----=-4 -3-
7--1
Approximate weights (kg)
without accessories or auxiliaries 1 210
--- 390 --
lro
. .,..a r- ,
rating 1 250 1 600 2000 2500 1 rfc=] r ' -mt------,
3-pole 41 41 46 63 I! . . . ....rt:
.., H-------
- -.
T
4-pole 56 56 61 78
ls
--+;----.1 .f-
5
"
..
Terminal pads "
II
All ratings ,,
: 120
ua
, , 9X11
65 15
: Lr---.. .1:\i=r=:::;:;:;:l=:
fF
f ' I 12
.,..,
I
-L ---l- 120 -+- 120 89 _;..
N.B.: any busbar passing over blowing openings will
an
have to be insulated - - 281 --
.
fi"
Connection
Compact CM1250 to 2000 1 1 1 Compact CM2500
I
-:
c c c
j135....1.
f140t140l-
tM
20 .- I. ....J-20 I
551
-!,- 105
-
-1-
105 ,.a..J.t.,

' 5.
, '
t- i , ;:',
Bare terminals for Terminals with Terminals with Terminals with Terminals with
horizontal or vertical t/at connectors for horizontal connectors for horizontal connectors for vertical connectors for tforizontal
ar

bars.' or vertical edgewise bars. flat bars. flat bars. or vertical edgewise bars.
1 250 to 2000 A connectorsl 1 ) 2500 A connectors

(optional) (optional) (standard)
10
lP
Phases 1 and 3 LH upstream or Central phase

9 s12
RH upstream or LH RH downstream
@-40
downstream
ca
tri
C: busbar fixing axis
Compact CM3200
Approximate weight: 83 kg
lec
The dimensions of the Compact CM3200

are identical to those of the Compact
CM 1 250 to 2500 except for the terminal 1-- 1 20-j-- 1?0--i
pads.
390 ----l--+r
550
.E
w
ww
Visucompact CM1 250 to 2500
om
.c
Visucompact CM1 250 to 2500
Approximative weights (kg)
without accessories or auxiliaries
:
rating 1 250 1 600 2000 2500
!
3-pole 64 64 73 92
4-pole 86 86 95 1 14 . .1: ::
ls
165
l
c---ool-t-4
Upstream terminal pads
ua
rating a b 185
1 600 1 20 1 50
an
2000 1 30 1 40
2500 1 30 1 40
Upstream connection
The downstream connection is identical to the Compact CM (see opposite).
tM
Visucompact C M 1 250 to 2000 ( 1 ) Visucompact CM2500 I 2 l
f
!
. !! 5!
90 [ b -;a-r a 55
1t -
.f.
-rJL
!
115
ar
J- t -
Bare terminals tor Terminals with connectors Terminals with connectors Terminals with connectors Terminals with connectors
horizontal or vertical for horizontal or vertical for horizontal flat bars. for vertical flat bars. for horizontal or vertical
flat bars. edgewise bars. edgewise bars.
lP
C: busbar fixing axis
remote control for

Compact C M 1 250 to 3200 22
ca
tri
lec
16
.E
I
r I
330 240
I
c-1
-1
d
I - __L
I
I
w
L
ww
Com pact CM
om
tri p p i n g cu rves
.c
STCM1 STCM2 and STCM3 STCM3 : earth protection
t(S) t{s) t(S)
10000 10000 10000
i_ i1t
ll r 1 cl i ; ;
i ll m
5000
I ;
5000 5000
lh--
i _\ i ' I; : i 111 t; ! ; lh-- 1h-- ; i
2000
:
L ! ; f : . i :
2000 2000
1000 :: H! t j
" F ::1'. . --; ;
1000 1000
500
jij l4i =,l= = Li -
_J j l! 'i l
500 500
rrr ' ' "( [
ls
u- I 1 1
200 200 200
1! ' -! I J :r 1: " ,- ' .
100 1 I
100 ' 100
; ._.
50 u-;-
. ;- I. . i
50
1
50 5,'
I c _!ll ":u ! rr i i !:;, ,!'.. /" I.
20 , 20 20
Pel'"
ua
10 Hf 10 r--. 10
;c - ""' "it Fm =:Httc ''
c.r C:i .J:; fl io 1 ;;_: l i.
'
=Ii . =r- -1 ;
_,
'ri ;-
1
.
1- :ft t
QS r. ;
5
Q2 t;J- JC 3--
02
an
0.1 .1
0.05 0.05 I ,,
Q02 -t "' + 0.02
0,01 """ 001 ..._
0.005 0005
4
Q002
+ _rT 0002
0.001 r;:r 0.001
tM
QS 2 3 4 5 8 7 10 20 30 50 J0 100 200 VIr 05 2 3 4 5 6 78 10 20 30 SO 70 100 200 ltlr
(3) short time delay protection (short circuits), with time

(1) long time delay protection (overloads) . delay settings. (5) earth fault protection.
(2) instantaneous protection (short circuits). (4) instantaneous 35 kA (shown for the 2500 A rating). (6) time delay settings for earth protection.
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om
om
.c
ls
ua
an
tM
ar
lP
ca
tri
lec
.E
w
ww
MERLIN GERIN As standards, specifications and designs develop from time

to time, always ask for confirmation of the information given
38050 Grenoble cedex
in this publication.
France
tel. 76 57 60 60
ww
w
.E
lec
tri
ca
lP
ar
tM
an
ua
ls
.c
om

MERLIN GERIN LVCircuitBreakers11to3200A PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MERLIN GERIN LVCircuitBreakers11to3200A PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

om

A total protection open to Data

two drawout chassis for

o drawing in and out with door open,

C250H, C400H ST, C630H and C630H ST.

!_E_a!! -Qe protection can also be nrn\/irlorf '""''""' .-.II

selectivity for accessories

remote control connection

14 150 151 151 150 150 106 107 103

7 motor mechanism for remote

9 rotary handle type MCC

short circuits ST204S

residual current protection Compact with Vigirex and

circuit breakers from C 1 0 1 N/H/L to

a Compact circuit breaker or load break

(1) except for C101.

standard chassis (C1251)

breakers, in two versions:

C1251N ST, comprising:

"disconnected position" padlocking

tripping due to an overcurrent or

(1) through a low level interlace.

automatic source The automatic source changeovers of the

2 type motor mechanism ( 1 per breaker) ;

SO contact double-throw switch

CAM block contact is fitted) . Generally used to initiate

front operation rotary handle

circuit breakers can b e equipped with

extended rotary handle with door

installation A large range of accessories is available

Door cut-out grommet designed to cover

Tight bellows designed to seal the handle

rating plug on solid state trip units:

CJ 600 A 3-pole requirement, it is necessary either to offer

rated ultimate breaking capacity

(1) defined for a

rated breaking capacity AS 1

0.3 if 10 < kA rms<>20 front face insulation class II

ty p e G (g ener ator pr otecti on)

models Vig icompact (EL CB )

au xiliary switch (O F, CA M) I alar m switch (SO, SDE )

(1) defined tor a power utilisation category A A A A

(2) L/R.;;0.015 s rated impulse withstand voltage U imp (k V) 8 8 8 8

typ e STR 35 GEISE /ME

models Vi gi compact (E LCB )

au xi il ar y swit ch (O F, CA M) I alar m swit ch ( SO, SDE )

see schema page 63

Compact C101L C161L

type MA (motor protection) ; ,.

auxiliary switch (OF, CAM) Ialarm switch (SO, SDE) II !

30 NCIOO NCIOO CIOOf

Example: 220/240 V network By installing a C250L circuit breaker

85 CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE CSOOE

30 C225E C225E C225E C225E

neutral) outgoing lines. upstream end of the installation, and with

downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospective ISC

25 C400E C400 C400E C400E C400E C400E C400E C400E

15 C22Sf 1:22 Sf CZ!!iE ClZ&E t225E C !O OE ClOOE C!OOE C10GE

r ,,' ' ',

downstream circuit breaker: maximum prospective ISC

125 ClOIN CI61N &215011 C4nlli

Tf1 i?;ft i{i

'1;:111111. Clfll l'i ,.,